diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 1fd1b8970..3202559aa 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ # Esteban Echeverry , 2016 # Javier Calero , 2015 # Javier Sabena , 2015 +# Jesus Alan Ramos Rodriguez , 2016 +# Juan Pablo Vargas Soruco , 2016 # Martin Trigaux, 2015 # Oihane Crucelaegui , 2015 # Rick Hunter , 2016 @@ -18,8 +20,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-28 16:42+0530\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-29 10:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-03 02:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Juan Pablo Vargas Soruco \n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -333,7 +335,7 @@ msgid "" "Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " "exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " "consumers via the Internet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Open Financial Exchange (OFX) o Intercambio Financiero Abierto es una especificación para el intercambio electrónico de datos financieros entre las instituciones financieras, negocios y consumidores en internet." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -1501,11 +1503,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 msgid "Usage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uso" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 msgid "How to register cash payments?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo registrar pagos en efectivo?" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -1531,7 +1533,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 msgid "Put money in" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Poner dinero" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -1542,7 +1544,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 msgid "Take money out" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sacar dinero" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -1563,7 +1565,7 @@ msgstr "Otros" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Auditor" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 msgid "Manage your fixed assets" @@ -1769,7 +1771,7 @@ msgstr "Si usted vende o dispone de un activo, es necesario despreciar completam #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo administrar un presupuesto financiero?" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1839,7 +1841,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63 msgid "Click on *Select*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haga clicn en *Seleccionar*." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." @@ -1911,7 +1913,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:120 msgid "Check your budget" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Revisar su presupuesto" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:122 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 5f13aaea5..1eb58565a 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-04 15:25+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-18 19:08+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Antonio Trueba\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-24 13:44+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-25 10:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -652,8 +652,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "La función **Orden bajo pedido** desencadenará a **Orden de Compra** de la cantidad de las **Ordenes de Venta** relacionadas con el producto. El sistema **No** verificará la valoración de existencias actual . Esto significa que el borrador de una orden de compra sera generado a pesar de la cantidad en mano del producto." #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 @@ -737,6 +740,128 @@ msgstr "De este modo, la elección entre las dos opciones depende de su estrateg msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "Órdenes de entrega" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 +msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " +"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " +"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " +"any bad surprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "Proceso de Venta" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " +"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " +"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" +" cancel the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" +" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 +msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " +"limit them to a certain number of countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " +"**Delivery Methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " +"this delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 +msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " +"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " +"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " +"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "" "How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" @@ -953,36 +1078,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " +"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " +"delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" +" methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" +" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " +"you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" +" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " @@ -1070,6 +1215,73 @@ msgid "" "product has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " +"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " +"**Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " +"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 +msgid "*Sale process*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 +msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 +msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " +"redirected to the Delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 +msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " +"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " +"Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" +" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " +"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 +msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 +msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" msgstr "" @@ -1896,7 +2108,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 msgid "" -"Make sure that **“Manage several locations per warehouse”** is also ticked." +"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " +"ticked." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 @@ -1985,7 +2198,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" msgstr ":doc:`three_steps`" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "" @@ -2611,6 +2823,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" msgstr "" @@ -4694,8 +4910,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 msgid "" "Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick “Advance routing of products " -"using rules”." +"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " +"using rules\"." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 @@ -6727,11 +6943,6 @@ msgid "" "**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "Proceso de Venta" - #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 @@ -7010,3 +7221,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Please note that only those customers that are based in the US can open a " +"UPS account number online. If you are located in a country other than the " +"US, you will need to contact Customer Service for your country location to " +"open UPS account number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In order to use the UPS APIs from Odoo, you will need to have the items " +"listed below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "UPS account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" +" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "Create an UPS Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:25 +msgid "To register with MyUPS.com, please follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:31 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open an account with UPS and receive a UPS shipper number, please follow " +"the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"`http://www.ups.com/content/de/en/contact/index.html?WT.svl=Footer " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a UPS.com user ID profile you will need to add your " +"UPS account number to your UPS.com profile, please follow the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com `__)" +" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:49 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:51 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country automatically " +"defaults to United States. If desired, select the **Make this my default " +"payment account** link to set the account as the default billing method for " +"the profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user ID profile you can" +" request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:68 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:70 +msgid "" +"2. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " +"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "Verify the **Primary Contact Information**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:77 +msgid "Enter the **Secondary Contact Information**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:79 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once completed, the **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, " +"and an email with the Access Key will be sent to the email address for the " +"primary contact information." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index e28e18674..0d6f15885 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-16 15:52+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-22 21:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alejandra Escandón Del Real \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-24 13:44+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-25 10:50+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -504,6 +504,382 @@ msgstr "Configuración y uso básico" msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" msgstr "¿Cómo administrar y colaborar en tareas? " +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 +msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " +"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " +"suggestions in the drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " +"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 +msgid "Followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" +" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " +"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " +"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." +" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " +"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " +"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " +"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 +msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" +" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " +"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " +"see the big picture all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 +msgid "Task: follow a specific task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " +"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " +"that task also appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 +msgid "Choose which action to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " +"Following button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " +"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " +"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 +msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " +"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " +"help you track time easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " +"available in projects and on tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " +"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" +" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " +"automatically created under the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 +msgid "Click on the settings of a project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 +msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " +"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " +"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " +"it, or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" +" timesheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 +msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " +"Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " +"Analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" +" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 +msgid "Document Management in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" +" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" +" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 +msgid "" +"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " +"tab on the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " +"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " +"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " +"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 +msgid "Collaborate on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" +" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " +"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" +" delegation and the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 +msgid "Create a task from an email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " +"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " +"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " +"project gets an automatic email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 +msgid "" +"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " +"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " +"Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"This email address create by default following the project name can be " +"changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 +msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 +msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 +msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 +msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " +"history of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " +"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " +"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " +"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " +"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " +"to remember past interactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" +" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " +"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" +" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " +"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 +msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " +"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " +"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " +"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " +"creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 +msgid "" +"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " +"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 +msgid "" +"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " +"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly. This also gives you the " +"direct url of the task description: useful if you want to send it to someone" +" without adding this person as a follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:238 +msgid "Tasks states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:241 +msgid "Set the state of a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:243 +msgid "" +"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" +" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " +"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:247 +msgid "" +"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " +"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:257 +msgid "Custom states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " +"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," +" then click on edit:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:266 +msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:271 +msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:277 +msgid "Color Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:279 +msgid "" +"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " +"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " +"them thanks to the filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:283 +msgid "" +"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" +" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " +"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:290 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " +"the tag, directly from the task:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" msgstr "¿Cómo inicializar y configurar un proyecto?" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 06f59d2a8..a07e7d608 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -6,13 +6,14 @@ # Alejandra Escandón Del Real , 2015 # Esteban Echeverry , 2015 # Jose Manuel , 2015 +# Nefi López , 2016 # Rojas Pablo , 2015 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-01 14:24+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-02 10:51+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-24 13:44+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-25 10:48+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -130,6 +131,7 @@ msgstr "También puede usar la facturación de proyecto por porcentajes del proy #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:95 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:17 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:14 #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:21 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" @@ -714,7 +716,9 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`" msgid "How to invoice based on time and material?" msgstr "¿Cómo facturar en base a tiempo y material?" -#: ../../sales/overview.rst:3 ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Información general" @@ -996,7 +1000,7 @@ msgid "" "When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " "included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" " environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuando se trabaja con los consumidores, los precios se expresan por lo general con los impuestos incluidos en el precio (por ejemplo, en la mayor parte de comercio electrónico). Sin embargo, cuando se trabaja en un entorno B2B, las empresas suelen negociar precios con impuestos excluidos." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -1005,7 +1009,7 @@ msgid "" "manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " "easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " "that's easy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo maneja ambos casos de uso fácil, siempre y cuando se registre sus precios en el producto con impuestos excluidos o incluidos, pero no ambas cosas. Si gestiona todos sus precios con impuestos incluidos (o excluidos) solamente, todavía se puede hacer fácilmente la orden de venta con un precio que tiene sin impuestos (o incluidas): eso es fácil." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -1014,7 +1018,7 @@ msgid "" "product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " "relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " "case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esta documentación es solo para el caso especifico donde se necesita tener dos referencias para el precio (impuestos incluidos o excluidos), para el mismo producto. La razón de la complejidad es que no hay una relación simétrica con precios incluidos y precios excluidos, como se muestra en este caso de uso, en Bélgica con un impuesto del 21%:" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:21 msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" @@ -1280,8 +1284,66 @@ msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configuración" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery address?" -msgstr "¿Cómo utilizar diferente factura y dirección de entrega?" +msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery addresses?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"It is possible to configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " +"This is very useful, because it could happen that your clients have multiple" +" locations and that the invoice address differs from the delivery location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"First, go to the Sales application, then click on " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option **Enable" +" the multiple address configuration from menu**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:24 +msgid "Set the addresses on the contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Invoice and/or shipping addresses and even other addresses are added on the " +"contact form. To do so, go to the contact application, select the customer " +"and in the **Contacts & Addresses** tab click on **Create**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A new window will open where you can specify the delivery or the invoice " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once you validated your addresses, it will appear in the **Contacts & " +"addresses** tab with distinctive logos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:46 +msgid "On the quotations and sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you create a new quotation, the option to select an invoice address and" +" a delivery address is now available. Both addresses will automatically be " +"filled in when selecting the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Note that you can also create invoice and delivery addresses on the fly by " +"selecting **Create and edit** in the dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:59 +msgid "When printing your sales orders, you'll notice the two addresses." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:3 msgid "How to create my first quotation?" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index eb687dcff..5b3372304 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -3,15 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. # # Translators: +# Alejandra Escandón Del Real , 2016 # Alejandro Die Sanchis , 2016 +# Leonardo J. Caballero G. , 2016 # Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales , 2016 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-28 16:42+0530\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-29 08:19+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-24 13:44+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-29 06:34+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Leonardo J. Caballero G. \n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr "Sitio Web" #: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:5 msgid "Google Analytics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google Analytics" #: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -41,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:12 msgid "Click on **Create Project** and enter a project name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haga clic en **Crear Proyecto** e ingrese un nombre de proyecto" #: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -75,7 +77,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:53 msgid "Click on **Apply**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haz clic en **Aplicar**" #: ../../website/seo.rst:3 msgid "Search Engine Optimisation" @@ -189,37 +191,37 @@ msgstr "**Que obtiene el visitante (solo un archivo)**" #: ../../website/seo.rst:72 msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" #: ../../website/seo.rst:72 ../../website/seo.rst:73 ../../website/seo.rst:79 #: ../../website/seo.rst:121 msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr "" +msgstr ".text-muted {" #: ../../website/seo.rst:73 ../../website/seo.rst:80 ../../website/seo.rst:122 msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "color: #666;" #: ../../website/seo.rst:74 msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "color: #777;" #: ../../website/seo.rst:74 msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "background: yellow" #: ../../website/seo.rst:75 msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "background: yellow;" #: ../../website/seo.rst:75 ../../website/seo.rst:76 ../../website/seo.rst:81 #: ../../website/seo.rst:123 msgid "}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "}" #: ../../website/seo.rst:78 msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" #: ../../website/seo.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -281,7 +283,7 @@ msgstr "/\\* algunos comentarios \\*/" #: ../../website/seo.rst:120 msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr "" +msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" #: ../../website/seo.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -462,7 +464,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:252 msgid "``

My Text

``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "``

Mi Texto

``" #: ../../website/seo.rst:254 msgid "" @@ -472,7 +474,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:257 msgid "``

My Text

``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "``

Mi Texto

``" #: ../../website/seo.rst:260 msgid "Responsive Design" @@ -540,7 +542,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:310 msgid "URLs handling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Manipulando URLs " #: ../../website/seo.rst:313 msgid "URLs Structure" @@ -552,7 +554,7 @@ msgstr "Una URL típica de Odoo se muestra como la siguiente:" #: ../../website/seo.rst:317 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" #: ../../website/seo.rst:319 msgid "With the following components:" @@ -560,11 +562,11 @@ msgstr "Con los siguientes componentes:" #: ../../website/seo.rst:321 msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**https://** = Protocolo" #: ../../website/seo.rst:323 msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**www.misitio.com** = su nombre de dominio" #: ../../website/seo.rst:325 msgid "" @@ -585,8 +587,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " "product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named “Pain carré” will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending on" -" the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " "forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)" msgstr "" @@ -636,7 +638,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:366 msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Noticias de compañía: es el titulo del blog" #: ../../website/seo.rst:368 msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post" @@ -651,18 +653,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:374 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" #: ../../website/seo.rst:377 msgid "" "Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although" -" most search engines treat now “\\_” as a word separator, it has not always " -"been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10." +" most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not " +"always been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10." msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:382 msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambios en URLs y Títulos" #: ../../website/seo.rst:384 msgid "" @@ -686,7 +688,7 @@ msgstr "Como ejemplo. esta URL:" #: ../../website/seo.rst:394 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "" +msgstr "http://misitio.com/tienda/producto/old-nombre-producto-31" #: ../../website/seo.rst:396 msgid "Will automatically redirect to :" @@ -694,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr "Se redirigirá automáticamente a:" #: ../../website/seo.rst:398 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "" +msgstr "http://misitio.com/tienda/producto/nuevo-y-mejorado-nombre-producto-31" #: ../../website/seo.rst:400 msgid "" @@ -706,7 +708,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:406 msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "HTTPS" #: ../../website/seo.rst:408 msgid "" @@ -776,13 +778,13 @@ msgstr "Si ejecuta un sitio web en varios idiomas, el mismo contenido estará di msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = " "default)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "https://www.misitioweb.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (Versión Ingles = por defecto)" #: ../../website/seo.rst:450 msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " "version)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "https://www.misitioweb.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (Versión Francesa)" #: ../../website/seo.rst:452 msgid "" @@ -855,11 +857,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:496 msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Meta etiquetas" #: ../../website/seo.rst:499 msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Titulo, palabras claves y descripción " #: ../../website/seo.rst:501 msgid "" @@ -901,7 +903,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:533 msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mapa del sitio" #: ../../website/seo.rst:535 msgid "" @@ -924,7 +926,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:546 msgid "```` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "```` : la URL de una pagina" #: ../../website/seo.rst:548 msgid "" @@ -969,7 +971,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:580 msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "robots.txt" #: ../../website/seo.rst:582 msgid "" @@ -983,7 +985,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:587 msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mapa del sitio: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" #: ../../website/seo.rst:590 msgid "Content is king" @@ -1030,11 +1032,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:616 msgid "Social Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Caracteristicas sociales" #: ../../website/seo.rst:619 msgid "Twitter Cards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tarjetas Twitter" #: ../../website/seo.rst:621 msgid "" @@ -1055,10 +1057,92 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:632 msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pruebe su sitio Web " #: ../../website/seo.rst:634 msgid "" "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " "WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com `__" msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:3 +msgid "How can I translate my website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " +"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " +"`__ in order to create one. You need to " +"ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 48f583ab0..2485a5f7c 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-28 16:42+0530\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-02 19:13+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-02 10:33+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken \n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 msgid "Put money in" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stop geld erin" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -1537,7 +1537,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 msgid "Take money out" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haal geld uit" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -1549,7 +1549,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De transactie wordt toegevoegd aan de huidige contante betaling registratie." #: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 @@ -1562,7 +1562,7 @@ msgstr "Adviseerder" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 msgid "Manage your fixed assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beheer uw vaste activa" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1597,17 +1597,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 msgid "Install the Asset module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installeer de Uitrusting module" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Start door de *Uitrusting* module te installeren." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" " application:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eenmaal de module is geïnstalleerd zou u twee nieuwe menuitems moeten zien in de boekhouding applicatie:" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" @@ -3970,7 +3970,7 @@ msgstr "Facturen" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leveranciersrekeningen" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" @@ -4063,7 +4063,7 @@ msgstr "**Analyse Periode**:" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43 msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gebaseerd op periodes (bijvoorbeeld winst en verlies)" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45 msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)" @@ -5328,7 +5328,7 @@ msgstr "Balans = Debet - Credit" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 msgid "Journal Entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dagboek boekingen" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -6194,7 +6194,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Van leveranciersrekening naar betaling" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" @@ -6532,7 +6532,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "voor elke kost moet de werknemer ten minste het volgende ingeven:" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" @@ -6850,7 +6850,7 @@ msgstr "Verenigde Staten" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voor de Verenigde Staten ondersteunt Odoo standaard de cheque formaten van:" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" @@ -7186,7 +7186,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " "Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SEPA is ondersteund door de banken van de 28 EU lidstaten en ook door Ijsland, Noorwegen, Zwitserland, Andorra, Monaco en San Marino." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -7274,7 +7274,7 @@ msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " "one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voor toekomstige betalingen aan deze leverancier stelt Odoo u automatisch de rekeningen voor maar u kan andere selecteren of aanmaken." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -7459,19 +7459,19 @@ msgstr "Hier is de standaard werk flow in Odoo:" msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "U begint met een **Offerteaanvraag (RFQ)** om uit te zenden naar uw leverancier(s)." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eenmaal de leverancier uw RFQ heeft geaccepteerd bevestigd u de RFQ naar een **Inkooporder (PO)**." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De PO bevestigen genereert een **Inkomende zending** indien u voorraadproducten heeft aangekocht." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7714,7 +7714,7 @@ msgstr "Hoe producthoeveelheden beheerd worden" msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standaard zijn diensten gebaseerd op bestelde hoeveelheden, terwijl voorraadproducten en verbruiksartikelen beheerd worden gebaseerd op ontvangen hoeveelheden." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -8119,7 +8119,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voorbeeld, voor een specifieke factuur:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 @@ -8157,7 +8157,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " "order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De omschrijving van de betalingsconditie verschijnt op de factuur of het verkooporder." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 @@ -8179,7 +8179,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " "this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**een offerte**: de betalingstermijn is van toepassing op alle facturen aangemaakt vanuit de offerte of verkooporder, maar niet op andere offertes." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" @@ -8425,7 +8425,7 @@ msgstr "Contracten" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reguliere contracten ‣ Facturen" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -8454,7 +8454,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kosten zoals reizen en verblijf die u door factureert naar de klant" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -8466,7 +8466,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Herhalende contracten ‣ Facturen" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -8580,7 +8580,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**een factuur**: om de betalingsconditie enkel toe te passen op deze factuur" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -8596,7 +8596,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betalingscondities voor leveranciersrekeningen" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -9831,12 +9831,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:62 msgid "**Send an Email:** send an email to customer using the provided text" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Verzend een e-mail:** verzend een e-mail naar de klant met de voorziene tekst" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:63 msgid "" "**Send a Letter:** send a letter by regular mail, using the provided note" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Verzend een brief:** verzend een brief via reguliere e-mail, met de voorziene opmerking" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -9895,7 +9895,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:105 msgid "Change the text (or the email or letter) and adapt to the customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wijzig de tekst (op de e-mail of brief) en pas u aan naar de klant" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -9905,7 +9905,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:110 msgid "Log a note is you called the customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Log een opmerking wanneer u de klant heeft gebeld" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:112 msgid "Exclude some invoices from the statement table (litigation)" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 02d73a47d..19f8d39ac 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-28 16:42+0530\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-30 14:23+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-02 10:33+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken \n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index c351948f8..8390c6776 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -5,14 +5,15 @@ # Translators: # Arnaud De Moyer , 2015 # Martin Trigaux, 2015-2016 +# Symons Xavier , 2016 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2015-2016 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-04 15:25+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-02 15:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-24 13:44+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-02 10:33+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -244,7 +245,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verwerk afgedrukte aankooporders:" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -267,13 +268,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verwerk inkomende leveringen vanuit een computer of mobiel toestel:" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 msgid "" "Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " "one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Laad alle inkomende leveringen die gemarkeerd zijn als **Te ontvangen** en open de eerste." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -650,8 +651,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 @@ -735,6 +739,128 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 +msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " +"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " +"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " +"any bad surprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "Verkoopproces" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " +"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " +"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" +" cancel the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" +" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 +msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " +"limit them to a certain number of countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " +"**Delivery Methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " +"this delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 +msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " +"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " +"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " +"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "" "How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" @@ -951,36 +1077,56 @@ msgstr "Drie stappen flow" msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" msgstr "Gelieve de documentatie te lezen op :doc:`three_steps`" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " +"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " +"delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" +" methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" +" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " +"you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" +" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" - #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " @@ -1068,6 +1214,73 @@ msgid "" "product has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " +"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " +"**Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " +"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 +msgid "*Sale process*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 +msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 +msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " +"redirected to the Delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 +msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " +"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " +"Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" +" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " +"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 +msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 +msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" msgstr "" @@ -1894,7 +2107,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 msgid "" -"Make sure that **“Manage several locations per warehouse”** is also ticked." +"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " +"ticked." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 @@ -1983,7 +2197,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" msgstr ":doc:`three_steps`" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "Partijen en Serienummers" @@ -2609,6 +2822,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" msgstr "" @@ -4235,7 +4452,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "U kan de afleverorders ontvangen op 2 manieren:" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 msgid "From the sale order" @@ -4265,7 +4482,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verwerk de levering" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -4429,7 +4646,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "In het **Magazijn configuratie** tabblad selecteert u:" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -4692,8 +4909,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 msgid "" "Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick “Advance routing of products " -"using rules”." +"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " +"using rules\"." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 @@ -4908,7 +5125,7 @@ msgstr "Voorgeconfigureerde routes" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo heeft bepaalde voorgeconfigureerde routes voor uw magazijnen." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -5217,7 +5434,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 msgid "" "When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wanneer u alle nodige informatie heeft ingevuld klikt u op **Opslaan**." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -6725,11 +6942,6 @@ msgid "" "**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "Verkoopproces" - #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 @@ -7008,3 +7220,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Please note that only those customers that are based in the US can open a " +"UPS account number online. If you are located in a country other than the " +"US, you will need to contact Customer Service for your country location to " +"open UPS account number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In order to use the UPS APIs from Odoo, you will need to have the items " +"listed below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "UPS account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" +" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "Create an UPS Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:25 +msgid "To register with MyUPS.com, please follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:31 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open an account with UPS and receive a UPS shipper number, please follow " +"the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"`http://www.ups.com/content/de/en/contact/index.html?WT.svl=Footer " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a UPS.com user ID profile you will need to add your " +"UPS account number to your UPS.com profile, please follow the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com `__)" +" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:49 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:51 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country automatically " +"defaults to United States. If desired, select the **Make this my default " +"payment account** link to set the account as the default billing method for " +"the profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user ID profile you can" +" request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:68 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:70 +msgid "" +"2. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " +"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "Verify the **Primary Contact Information**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:77 +msgid "Enter the **Secondary Contact Information**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:79 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once completed, the **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, " +"and an email with the Access Key will be sent to the email address for the " +"primary contact information." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index f17524e26..4ea02bdd3 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-21 11:00+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-02 10:56+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-02 10:33+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken \n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index bcc0f542f..7eacecac2 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -3,14 +3,15 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. # # Translators: -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2015 +# Eric Geens , 2016 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2015-2016 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-10 14:48+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-16 13:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-24 13:44+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-02 16:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Eric Geens \n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -77,7 +78,7 @@ msgid "" "**Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set the" " Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your client " "will be able to follow his claim in his portal)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De eerste stap om een vordering/issue beheer systeem op te zetten is om een project gerelateerd aan te maken gekoppeld aan de vorderingen. Laten we starten door een simpel **Support project** aan te maken. Ga naar het dashboard van de project applicatie, klik op aanmaken en noem uw project **Support**. Vink de **Issues** optie aan en hernoem het veld indien u de issues labels wilt hernoemen (bijvoorbeeld **Bugs** of **Cases**). Omdat issues klant georiënteerde taken zijn wilt u mogelijk de Privacy/Zichtbaarheid instellen op **Klant project** (daardoor kan de klant zijn vorderingen in het portaal opvolgen)." #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ msgid "" "dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " "edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on " "your desired stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "U kan gemakkelijk uw projectfases wijzigen om te voldoen aan uw werfklow door nieuwe kolommen aan te maken. U kan fases toevoegen door te klikken op **Nieuwe kolom toevoegen** vanuit uw Kanban weergave (zie onderstaande afbeelding). Indien u de ordening van uw volgorde van de fases wilt veranderen kan dit simpelweg door de kolommen die u wilt verplaatsen te slepen naar de gewenste locatie. U kan uw fases ook altijd wijzigen, invouwen op openklappen door het **Instellingen** icoon van uw gewenste fase te gebruiken." #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77 msgid "Generate issues from emails" @@ -172,7 +173,7 @@ msgstr "Overzicht" msgid "" "As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " "Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your temas. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " +"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " "customers using Odoo." msgstr "Als een manager is het niet altijd gemakkelijk om alles van uw teams op te volgen. Een simpele klantenfeedback hebben kan zeer interessant zijn om de prestaties van uw teams te beoordelen. U kan zeer gemakkelijk feedback van uw klanten verzamelen met Odoo." @@ -503,6 +504,382 @@ msgstr "Configuratie en basisgebruik" msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" msgstr "Hoe samenwerken aan taken en ze beheren?" +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "Verantwoordelijkheden" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 +msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." +msgstr "In Odoo kan u de persoon toewijzen die verantwoordelijk is voor de taak." + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " +"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " +"suggestions in the drop down menu." +msgstr "Wanneer u een taak aanmaakt, wordt u standaard verantwoordelijk voor de uitvoering ervan. U kan dit eenvoudig wijzigen door de naam van een andere gebruiker in te typen, en hem vervolgens uit het drop-downmenu te selecteren." + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " +"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." +msgstr "Als u een nieuwe medewerker wil toevoegen (die nog niet in het systeem gekend is), dan kan u onmiddellijk een nieuwe gebruiker aanmaken door \"Aanmaken en Wijzigen\" uit het menu te kiezen. U hebt hiervoor echter wel beheersrechten nodig." + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 +msgid "Followers" +msgstr "Volgers" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" +" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " +"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " +"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." +" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " +"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " +"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " +"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." +msgstr "Bij een taak kan u andere medewerkers als **Volgers** toevoegen. Die medewerker wordt dan verwittigd bij elke wijziging die zich bij die taak voordoet. De bedoeling hiervan is om via de chatter ook medewerking van anderen toe te laten. Wanneer je bijvoorbeeld advies nodig hebt van een collega van een andere afdeling, is dit best handig en efficiënt. U kunt zelfs klanten toelaten om mee in gesprek te gaan. Zij zullen per e-mail verwittigd worden over de wijzigingen in de taak, en kunnen deelnemen door simpelweg op het e-mailbericht te antwoorden. Volgers kunnen een taak volledig zien zoals uzelf, inclusief de omschrijving en de chatter." + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 +msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" +msgstr "Project: volg een project om de pijplijn te volgen" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" +" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " +"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " +"see the big picture all the time." +msgstr "U kunt ervoor kiezen om een project te volgen. U wordt dan verwittigd bij elke wijziging in het project: taken die van fase veranderen, gesprekken die plaatsvinden, enz. U ontvangt al deze informatie in uw inbox. Een project volgen kan heel nuttig zijn voor een projectmanager die ten allen tijde het overzicht wil behouden over zijn projecten." + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 +msgid "Task: follow a specific task" +msgstr "Taak: volg een specifieke taak" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " +"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " +"that task also appear in your inbox." +msgstr "Een taak volgen is vrijwel hetzelfde als een project volgen, alleen bent u slechts geïnteresseerd in een deel van het project. Alle notificaties van wijzigingen in de taak verschijnen dan ook in uw inbox." + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 +msgid "Choose which action to follow" +msgstr "Kies voor welke actie te volgen" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " +"Following button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " +"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " +"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 +msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" +msgstr "Tijdsbeheer: analytische rekeningen" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " +"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " +"help you track time easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " +"available in projects and on tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " +"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" +" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " +"automatically created under the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" +msgstr "Registreer een urenstaat op een project:" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 +msgid "Click on the settings of a project." +msgstr "Klik op de instellingen van een project." + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 +msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." +msgstr "Klik op de Urenstaten knop in het bovenste grijze menu." + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " +"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " +"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " +"it, or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" +" timesheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" +msgstr "Registreer een urenstaat op een taak:" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 +msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." +msgstr "Binnen een taak is de urenstaten optie ook beschikbaar." + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " +"Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " +"Analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" +" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 +msgid "Document Management in tasks" +msgstr "Documentbeheer in taken" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" +" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" +" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 +msgid "" +"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " +"tab on the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " +"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " +"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " +"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 +msgid "Collaborate on tasks" +msgstr "Werk samen aan taken" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" +" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " +"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" +" delegation and the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 +msgid "Create a task from an email" +msgstr "Maak een taak aan vanuit een e-mail" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " +"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " +"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " +"project gets an automatic email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 +msgid "" +"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " +"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " +"Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"This email address create by default following the project name can be " +"changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 +msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 +msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 +msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 +msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." +msgstr "De chatter, status en opvolging." + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " +"history of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " +"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " +"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " +"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " +"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " +"to remember past interactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" +" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " +"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" +" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " +"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 +msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" +msgstr "De omschrijving van de taak, het Pad" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " +"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " +"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " +"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " +"creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 +msgid "" +"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " +"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 +msgid "" +"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " +"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly. This also gives you the " +"direct url of the task description: useful if you want to send it to someone" +" without adding this person as a follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:238 +msgid "Tasks states" +msgstr "Taak fases" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:241 +msgid "Set the state of a task" +msgstr "Stel de fase van een taak in" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:243 +msgid "" +"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" +" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " +"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:247 +msgid "" +"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " +"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:257 +msgid "Custom states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " +"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," +" then click on edit:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:266 +msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:271 +msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:277 +msgid "Color Tags" +msgstr "Kleur labels" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:279 +msgid "" +"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " +"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " +"them thanks to the filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:283 +msgid "" +"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" +" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " +"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:290 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " +"the tag, directly from the task:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" msgstr "Hoe een project op te zetten en te configureren?" @@ -623,7 +1000,7 @@ msgid "" " of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " "you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " "stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "U kan gemakkelijk uw project personaliseren zodat het beter past bij uw zakelijke vereisten door nieuwe kolommen aan te maken. Vanuit de Kanban weergave van uw project kan u fases toevoegen door te klikken op **Nieuwe kolom toevoegen**. Indien u de volgorde van de fases opnieuw wilt ordenen kan u dit gemakkelijk doen door de kolom die u naar de gewenste locatie wilt plaatsen te drag en droppen. U kan ook de fases inklappen of uitvouwen door het **Instellingen** icoon te gebruiken bij uw gewenste fase." #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`visualization`" @@ -719,7 +1096,7 @@ msgid "" "enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a real " "burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the " "different tasks you have to cope with." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Taken zijn toegewezen delen die leden van uw organisatie moeten voltooien als deel van een project. In uw dagelijkse zaken heeft uw bedrijf mogelijk moeite met het aantal belangrijke taken dat te voltooien is. Deze taken zijn zo al complex genoeg. Om deze allemaal te onthouden en opvolgen kan een last zijn. Gelukkig staat Odoo u toe om efficiënt de verschillende taken waarmee u moet omgaan te visualiseren en organiseren." #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -867,7 +1244,7 @@ msgid "" "in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" " this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" " the progress of each task." -msgstr "" +msgstr "We kunnen ook de verschillende taken organiseren door de weergave te wijzigen. Hier selecteer ik de lijstweergave, welke andere informatie toont zoals de werktijd voortgang. Indien ik op mijn taak klik land ik op de formulierweergave waar ik de geplande uren kan wijzigen en mijn urenstaten kan ingeven. Dit is een geweldige tool voor elke projectbeheerder. De werktijd voortgang te beheren en controleren is cruciaal. Ik zet de tijd voor elk trainingsteam naar 24 uren. Vandaag heb ik het materiaal voorbereid dus boek ik 4u in op de urenstaten. De werktijd voortgang wordt automatisch geüpdatet. Dankzij urenstaten integratie kan de projectbeheerder een grondige opvolging doen van de voortgang van elke taak." #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -880,7 +1257,7 @@ msgid "" "prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " "deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " "planning." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nog een geweldige optie in Odoo projecten is de voorspelling tool. Wanneer deze geactiveerd is kan ik resources en de werklading beheren per project. Daarom is het toewijzen van tijden aan andere projecten een stuk gemakkelijker. Voor dit project moet ik leden van het projectteam opleiden. Het vraagt 50% van mijn tijd tegen het einde van deze week. Als projectbeheerder kan ik deze resource toewijzing doen voor elke gebruiker en deze wijzigen afhankelijk van hun andere projecten. Dit voorkomt de overlapping van tijd. Ik kan taken aan anderen toewijzen of de deadline wijzigen. Odoo projecten is de perfecte app voor strategische en uitvoerende planning." #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -1005,7 +1382,7 @@ msgid "" "dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " "fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " "stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "U kan gemakkelijk uw project personaliseren zodat het past bij uw zakelijke vereisten door nieuwe kolommen aan te maken. Vanuit de Kanban weergave van uw project kan u fases toevoegen door te klikken op **Nieuwe kolom toevoegen** (zie onderstaande afbeeldingen). Indien u de volgorde van de fases opnieuw wilt ordenen kan u dit gemakkelijk doen door de kolom die u naar de gewenste locatie wilt plaatsen te drag en droppen. U kan ook de fases inklappen of uitvouwen door het **Instellingen** icoon te gebruiken bij uw gewenste fase." #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 8576d9b8f..9a70fbd69 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. # # Translators: -# Eric Geens , 2015 +# Eric Geens , 2015-2016 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2015-2016 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-04 15:25+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-05 08:38+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-02 10:34+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Eric Geens \n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -641,14 +641,14 @@ msgid "" "product. With Odoo you have the possibility to directly link vendors with " "the corresponding product and specify prices automatically the first time " "you purchase them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De opvolging van uw leveranciers kan best een grote opgave zijn in uw dagelijkse bedrijfsvoering. Prijzen kunnen wijzigen, en het is goed mogelijk dat u ook meerdere leveranciers hebt voor eenzelfde product. In Odoo kunt de leveranciers rechtstreeks linken aan de desbetreffende producten, en kunt u de prijzen ervan automatisch opgeven wanneer u ze voor de eerste keer aankoopt." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 msgid "" "We will take the following example: We need to buy ``5 t-shirts``. We found " "a **Vendor**; called ``Bob&Jerry's`` and we want to issue a request for " "quotation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "We nemen volgend voorbeeld; we moeten ``5 T-shirts`` aankopen. We hebben een **Leverancier** gevonden met de naam ``Bob&Jerry's``. We willen nu een offerte bij hen aanvragen." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:19 msgid "Install the purchase module" @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ msgid "" "The first step to set your suppliers on your products is to install the " "purchase module. Go into your **App** module and install the **Purchase** " "module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om uw leveranciers aan uw producten te linken, moet u als eerste stap de inkoopmodule installeren. Ga naar de module **Apps**, en installeer de **Inkoopmodule**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ msgid "" "If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " "useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " "track and analyze your vendor's performance :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Als uw bedrijf regelmatig producten koopt van verschillende leveranciers is het handig om statistieken te krijgen van uw inkopen. Er zijn verschillende redenen om leveranciers hun prestaties te traceren en analyseren:" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" @@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 msgid "How to setup two levels of approval for purchase orders?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe twee niveau's van goedkeuring in te stellen voor inkooporders?" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:6 msgid "Two level approval setup" @@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:29 msgid "The manager gets the order to approve and validates the final order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De manager krijgt de order om goed te keuren en valideert het uiteindelijke order." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:34 msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." @@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ msgstr "Eenmaal goedgekeurd staat het inkooporder het volgen van het normale pro #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 msgid "How to control supplier bills?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe leveranciersrekeningen te beheren?" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1166,19 +1166,19 @@ msgstr "Hier is de standaard werk flow in Odoo:" msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "U bent met een **Offerteaanvraag (RFQ)** om uit te zenden naar uw leverancier(s)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eenmaal de leverancier uw RFQ heeft geaccepteerd bevestigd u de RFQ naar een **Inkooporder (PO)**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De PO bevestigen genereert een **Inkomende zending** indien u voorraadproducten heeft aangekocht." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " "install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vanuit de **Apps** applicatie zoekt u voor de **Inkoopbeheer** module en installeert u deze. Vanwege bepaalde afhankelijkheden zal het installeren van de inkoopbeheer module automatisch de modules **Magazijn** en **Facturatie** installeren." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" @@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beheer uw leveranciersrekeningen" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:73 msgid "Purchasing products or services" @@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196 msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Of de leverancier rekent u iets aan dat u niet besteld heeft." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199 msgid "How product quantities are managed" @@ -1423,7 +1423,7 @@ msgstr "Hoe producthoeveelheden beheerd worden" msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standaard zijn diensten gebaseerd op bestelde hoeveelheden, terwijl voorraadproducten en verbruiksartikelen beheerd worden gebaseerd op ontvangen hoeveelheden." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To learn more about the purchase order process, read the documentation page " ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om meer te leren over het inkoopproces leest u best de documentatie pagina :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" @@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@ msgstr "Usecase 2: Deels geleverde goederen" msgid "" "In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " "cancel the PO." -msgstr "" +msgstr "In dit geval zijn **2** van de **3 iPad Mini's** gearriveerd voordat u de PO moest annuleren." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:54 msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" @@ -1615,7 +1615,7 @@ msgstr "Voor meer informatie over de beste manieren leest u best het hoofdstuk : #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:19 msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maak een offerteaanvraag" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -1677,7 +1677,7 @@ msgstr "Hoe aan te kopen in een andere valuta?" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 msgid "How to control product received? (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe ontvangen producten beheren? (geheel en deels)" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1916,11 +1916,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In the **Source Document** field, you can insert a previous PO to use as a " "template." -msgstr "" +msgstr "In het **Brondocument** veld kan u een vorige PO ingeven om te gebruiken als sjabloon." #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:78 msgid "In the Products section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "In de producten sectie klikt u op **Item toevoegen**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:19 msgid "From the **Apps** menu, install the **Purchase Management** app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installeer de **Inkoopbeheer** app vanuit het **Apps** menu." #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:25 msgid "Activating the Purchase Tender and Purchase Tender advanced mode" @@ -2031,7 +2031,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:42 msgid "Selecting elements of a RFQ/Bid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elementen selecteren van een RFQ/Bod" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -2067,7 +2067,7 @@ msgid "" "From there, follow the documentation " ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` to proceed with the " "delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Van daaruit volgt u de documentatie :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` om verder te gaan met de levering en facturatie." #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:76 msgid ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers`" @@ -2609,13 +2609,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:86 msgid "The **Product** field is the product you are creating the rule for." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het **Product** veld is het product waar u de regel voor aanmaakt." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:88 msgid "" "Select the warehouse to which the product should be delivered in the " "**Warehouse** field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecteer het magazijn waarvoor het product geleverd moet worden in het **Magazijn** veld." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -2632,7 +2632,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_locati msgid "" "In the **Minimum Quantity** field, insert the quantity to which the system " "will trigger a new order for replenishment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "In het **Minimale hoeveelheid** veld geeft u de hoeveelheid in waarop het systeem automatisch een nieuwe order aanmaakt voor de aanvulregels." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -2706,7 +2706,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:3 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:69 msgid "How to trigger a warning when purchasing at a specific vendor?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe een waarschuwing doen afgaan wanneer u koopt bij een specifieke leverancier?" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2908,7 +2908,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:6 msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leveranciersrekeningen" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:8 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 445c9279d..81a22bb2d 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-01 14:24+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-02 20:27+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-24 13:44+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-02 10:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken \n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -127,6 +127,7 @@ msgstr "U kan ook mijlpalen gebruiken om delen van het project te factureren. Bi #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:95 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:17 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:14 #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:21 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie" @@ -711,7 +712,9 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`" msgid "How to invoice based on time and material?" msgstr "Hoe te factureren gebaseerd op tijd en materiaal?" -#: ../../sales/overview.rst:3 ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Overzicht" @@ -1277,8 +1280,66 @@ msgid "Setup" msgstr "Opzet" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery address?" -msgstr "Hoe gebruik ik een verschillende factuur- en verzendadres?" +msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery addresses?" +msgstr "Hoe een afwijkend facturering en afleveradres gebruiken?" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"It is possible to configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " +"This is very useful, because it could happen that your clients have multiple" +" locations and that the invoice address differs from the delivery location." +msgstr "Het is mogelijk om verschillende adressen te configureren voor het verzenden en factureren. Dit is zeer handig omdat het kan gebeuren dat uw klanten meerdere locaties hebben en dat het factuuradres afwijkt van het afleveradres." + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"First, go to the Sales application, then click on " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option **Enable" +" the multiple address configuration from menu**." +msgstr "Ga eerst naar de Verkopen applicatie, klik vervolgens op :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` en activeer de optie **Sta verschillende adressen toe** vanuit het configuratie menu." + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:24 +msgid "Set the addresses on the contact form" +msgstr "Stel de adressen in op het contactformulier" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Invoice and/or shipping addresses and even other addresses are added on the " +"contact form. To do so, go to the contact application, select the customer " +"and in the **Contacts & Addresses** tab click on **Create**" +msgstr "Factuur en/of verzendadressen en zelfs andere adressen worden toegevoegd op de contactfiche. Om dit te doen gaat u naar de Contact applicatie, selecteert u de klant en in het **Contacten & adressen** tabblad klikt u op **Aanmaken**" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A new window will open where you can specify the delivery or the invoice " +"address." +msgstr "Een nieuw venster opent zich waar u het aflever en factuuradres kan ingeven." + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once you validated your addresses, it will appear in the **Contacts & " +"addresses** tab with distinctive logos." +msgstr "Eenmaal u uw adressen valideert verschijnen ze in het **Contacten & adressen** tabblad met onderscheidende logo's." + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:46 +msgid "On the quotations and sales orders" +msgstr "Op de offertes en verkooporders" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you create a new quotation, the option to select an invoice address and" +" a delivery address is now available. Both addresses will automatically be " +"filled in when selecting the customer." +msgstr "Wanneer u een nieuwe offerte aanmaakt is de optie voor een factuur en verzendadres te selecteren nu beschikbaar. Beide adressen worden automatisch ingevuld wanneer u de klant selecteert." + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Note that you can also create invoice and delivery addresses on the fly by " +"selecting **Create and edit** in the dropdown menu." +msgstr "Merk op dat u ook factuur en verzendadressen rechtstreeks kan aanmaken door **Aanmaken en wijzigen** te selecteren in de dropdown." + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:59 +msgid "When printing your sales orders, you'll notice the two addresses." +msgstr "Wanneer u uw verkooporders print zal u opmerken dat er twee adressen zijn." #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:3 msgid "How to create my first quotation?" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 66833e5cc..0c338e209 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-28 16:42+0530\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-02 10:56+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-24 13:44+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-02 10:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken \n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -585,10 +585,10 @@ msgstr "**/shop/product** = elke module definieert zijn eigen naam (/shop is voo msgid "" "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " "product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named “Pain carré” will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending on" -" the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " "forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)" -msgstr "**mijn-geweldig-product** = standaard, dit is de slugified titel van het product waar deze pagina naar verwijst. Maar u kan het personaliseren voor SEO doeleinden. Een product genaamd \"Vierkant brood\" wordt slugified naar \"vierkant-brood\". Afhankelijk van de naamruimte kunnen dit verschillende objecten zijn (blog berichten, pagina titels, forum berichten, forum reacties, productcategorieën, enz)" +msgstr "**mijn-geweldig-product** = standaard is dit de slugified titel van het product waar deze pagina naar linkt. Maar u kan het personaliseren voor SEO doeleinden. Een product genaamd \"Pain carré\" wordt geslugified naar \"pain-carre\". Afhankelijk van de naam kunnen dit verschillende objecten zijn (blogberichten, pagina titels, forumberichten, forum reacties, productcategorieën, enz)" #: ../../website/seo.rst:343 msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" @@ -656,9 +656,9 @@ msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" #: ../../website/seo.rst:377 msgid "" "Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although" -" most search engines treat now “\\_” as a word separator, it has not always " -"been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10." -msgstr "De taal code in het formaat fr\\_FR hebben is niet perfect in termen van SEO. Alhoewel de meeste zoekmachines nu \"\\_\" behandelen als een woord afscheiding is dit niet altijd het geval geweest. We plannen om dit te verbeteren in Odoo 10." +" most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not " +"always been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10." +msgstr "De taalcode fr\\_FR hebben is niet perfect in begrippen voor SEO. Hoewel de meeste zoekmachines tegenewoordig \"\\_\" beschouwen als een woord scheider was dit niet altijd zo. We plannen om dit te verbeteren in Odoo 10." #: ../../website/seo.rst:382 msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" @@ -1062,3 +1062,85 @@ msgid "" "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " "WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com `__" msgstr "U kan vergelijken hoe uw website het doet, in termen van SEO, tegen Odoo met behulp van de gratis WooRank dienst: `https://www.woorank.com `__" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:3 +msgid "How can I translate my website?" +msgstr "Hoe kan ik mijn website vertalen?" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "In aanvulling op het aanmaken van geweldige moderne websites geeft Odoo de mogelijkheid om de website in meerdere talen te vertalen." + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "Proces" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "Eenmaal uw website is aangemaakt heeft u de mogelijkheid om ze te vertalen in zoveel talen als u wenst." + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "Er zijn twee manieren om uw website te vertalen, u kan het manueel doen of automatisch met de Gengo App. Indien u het automatisch wilt doen gaat u naar de **App** module en installeert u **Automatische vertalingen via de Gengo API** en **Website Gengo Vertaler**. Indien u dit manueel wilt doen installeert u niets en volgt u de volgende stap." + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "Ga nu naar uw website. In de rechter onderhoek van de pagina klikt u op **Een taal toevoegen**." + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "Kies de taal waarin u uw website wilt vertalen en klik vervolgens op **Laden**." + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "U zal zien dat er nu naast Engels ook Frans is, wat betekend dat de pagina voor de vertaling is aangemaakt. U kan ook zien dat sommige delen van de tekst automatisch vertaald zijn." + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "Om de inhoud van uw website te vertalen klikt u op **Vertalen** (hier **Traduire** aangezien we de website in het Frans willen vertalen)." + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " +"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " +"`__ in order to create one. You need to " +"ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "Indien u de Gengo vertaler heeft geïnstalleerd zal u zien dat u naast de **Vertalen** knop ook een knop **Automatisch vertalen** heeft. Eenmaal u klikt op deze knop wordt er informatie gevraagd voor uw account. Indien u nog geen account heeft gaat u naar `*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* `__ om er een aan te maken. U moet een publieke en private sleutel aanvragen." + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "De inhoud die u wilt vertalen wordt vervolgens automatisch vertaald." + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "Nu kan u zien dat de meeste inhoud geel of groen is gearceerd. Het geel staat voor de inhoud die u zelf moet vertalen. Het groen staat voor de inhoud die al automatisch vertaald is." diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index dbb457b7e..f890dceb8 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -3,9 +3,11 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. # # Translators: +# Connie Xiao , 2016 # fisher szu , 2015 +# Gary Wei , 2016 # jeffery chen fan , 2015-2016 -# mrshelly , 2015 +# mrshelly , 2015-2016 # zhangpeiqing , 2015 # 大漠 , 2016 # 宣一敏 , 2015 @@ -14,8 +16,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-28 16:42+0530\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-05 09:26+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-02 09:24+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Connie Xiao \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -58,7 +60,7 @@ msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " "`__" -msgstr "现在测试功能 ` CODA 示例文件 `__" +msgstr "现在测试功能 `CODA 示例文件 `__" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 @@ -164,7 +166,7 @@ msgid "" "learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" " you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " "reconciliation process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每次你得到一个新客户/供应商的对账单,Odoo将要求您选择正确的单据去核销。从此项操作信息,将使Odoo自动完成下一个付款或自动关联。这将加快核销进程。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -172,7 +174,7 @@ msgid "" "already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" " times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" " bank statements." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo能够自动检测是否某些文件或交易已经导入。所以,你不需要担心如何避免重复导入相同的文件:Odoo将在创建新的银行对账单之前检查一切。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 @@ -219,13 +221,13 @@ msgstr "概述" msgid "" "With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " "but also register your bank statements manually." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo,可以导入你的银行对账单,同步与你的银行还可以手动登记您的银行对账单。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " "do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记发票不需要任何特殊配置。所有您需要做的就是安装会计软件。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 msgid "Create your Bank Statements" @@ -236,7 +238,7 @@ msgid "" "In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " "journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " "will be found underneath." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在仪表板中,点击相关银行账的按钮* *新对账单* *。如果一些核销需要完成,新的对账单链接将出现。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -244,13 +246,13 @@ msgid "" "statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " "empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " "process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只需在你的银行对账单中填写字段的信息。参考信息可以手动填写或者不填。我们建议填写合作伙伴来简化核销进程。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 msgid "" "The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" " equal to the computed balance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "期初余额和期末余额之间的差异该等于计算的余额。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." @@ -264,23 +266,23 @@ msgstr "调节银行对账单" msgid "" "You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" " |manual04|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以选择直接核销对账单,通过单击按钮| manual04" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 msgid "" "You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" " on **Reconcile # Items**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可以在仪表板上开始核销进程, 通过点击**Reconcile # Items**。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " "missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击* *Validate* *核销你的银行对账单。如果没有业务伙伴信息,Odoo会让你 **select a partner**。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击按ctrl enter核销表上所有平衡平衡的项。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" @@ -290,12 +292,12 @@ msgstr "从对账关闭银行对账单" msgid "" "If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " "reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果余额正确,你可以直接关闭核销,点击| manual07 |。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 msgid "" "Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." -msgstr "" +msgstr "否则,单击| manual08 |打开对账单并纠正这个问题。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 msgid "Close Bank Statements" @@ -305,11 +307,11 @@ msgstr "关闭银行对账单" msgid "" "On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " "then click on Bank Statements." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在会计仪表板,点击银行账的更多按钮,然后点击银行对账单。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "关闭银行对账单,只需点击**Validate**。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" @@ -329,20 +331,20 @@ msgid "" "Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " "exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " "consumers via the Internet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "开放金融交易所(OFX)是一个统一规范金融机构之间的电子金融数据交换平台,企业和消费者通过互联网交易。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " "software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " "bank statements." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo,您可以从你的银行或财务软件下载一个OFX文件并将其直接导入Odoo。这将创建所有银行对账单。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在测试OFX文件的功能\n`__" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -350,7 +352,7 @@ msgid "" " In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " "option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了能导入OFX对账单,您需要在Odoo激活特性。在会计应用程序中,进入菜单:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. 从会计设置,检查银行对账单选项 **Import in .OFX Format**和应用。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -358,13 +360,13 @@ msgid "" "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " "Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" " on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦你安装这个功能,你可以设置你的银行账户,允许导入银行对账单文件。要做到这一点,去会计仪表板,在银行账户点击**更多** 按钮。然后,点击**Import Statement**加载第一个OFX文件。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 msgid "" "Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在下面的屏幕加载OFX文件,单击* *导入* *创建你所有的银行对账单。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 msgid "Importing OFX files" @@ -377,7 +379,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " "import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " "click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在导入你的第一个文件之后,Odoo会计仪表板将自动建议你导入更多文件。在接下来的文件导入,你不需要去 **More** 菜单了,您可以直接点击链接**Import Statement**。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 @@ -387,7 +389,7 @@ msgid "" "learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" " you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " "reconciliation process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每次你得到一个新客户/供应商的相关对账单时,Odoo将要求您选择正确的核销对象。从此操作信息,Odoo将自动完成下一个付款或是这些联系。这将加快核销进程。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 @@ -396,7 +398,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`coda`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo如何同步你的PayPal账户?" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -404,7 +406,7 @@ msgid "" " to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." " The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling " "PayPal payments in just a click." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用Odoo,可以同步你的PayPal账户。这样,你不需要记录所有你的PayPal交易最喜欢的会计软件。每4小时同步完成,您点击一下就可以开始核销PayPal支付了。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" @@ -417,11 +419,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section " "**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " "automatically**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先请安装**account_yodlee** 模块,如果尚未安装。要做到这一点,到菜单:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application。在* *银行和现金* *这部分,设置选项**Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds automatically**。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "单击apply按钮一旦它完成了" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Setup your PayPal account" @@ -433,18 +435,18 @@ msgid "" "PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " "Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " "field, you can set **PayPal**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo, PayPal账户的管理就像一个银行账户。设置你的PayPal账户,使用菜单:menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`。创建一个新的银行账户并命名为* *PayPal* *。在银行领域,可以设置* *PayPal* *。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 msgid "" "Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " "and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" " the online institution and click on the configure button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦创建PayPal帐户,回到* *Accounting* *仪表板, 点击* *Synchronize * *按钮。在对话框中,选择* *PayPal* *作为在线机构和点击配置按钮。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后,你必须提供连接到PayPal的凭证。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -453,13 +455,13 @@ msgid "" " you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with " "Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " "account)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的Paypal* *must be in English* *(如果它不是这样,你必须改变你的Paypal账户), 如果你使用Paypal业务帐户必须切换回旧的接口才能使用在线提交(从新老界面可以切换你的Paypal账户)。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 msgid "" "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " "English or that the site is not supported." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你不这样做,你会得到一个消息, 要么说把Paypal切换成英文要么不支持该网站。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -467,25 +469,25 @@ msgid "" "step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " "date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must " "choose the **Paypal balance** account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你正确地配置您的Paypal帐户, 你应到下一步的在线提交配置。有一个屏幕显示获取交易的日期和供选择账户的列表。你必须选择* * Paypal balance* *帐户。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " "Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一切都完成之后,在Odoo中,你应该看得到你的PayPal交易, 你可以开始核销你的付款了。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 msgid "" "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " "anymore." -msgstr "" +msgstr "享受一个完整的集成!你不需要手动记录事务了。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 msgid "" "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你只需在第一次提供你的凭证。一旦完成,Odoo将与PayPal 每4个小时自动同步。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 msgid "Import QIF statement files" @@ -497,20 +499,20 @@ msgid "" "writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " "QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" " the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." -msgstr "" +msgstr "加快交换格式(QIF)是一种开放式的阅读和写作财务数据媒体(例如文件)的规范,。尽管仍然广泛使用,QIF比公开的金融交易(OFX)的格式要老. 你应该使用OFX版本,这样两个格式都能导出." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" " and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " "statements." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用Odoo,你可以从从你的银行或财务软件下载一个QIF文件, 并将其直接导入Odoo实例。这将创建所有银行对账单。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在测试示例QIF文件的功能\n`__" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -518,7 +520,7 @@ msgid "" " In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " "option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了导入QIF,您需要在在Odoo激活其特性。在会计应用程序中,进入菜单:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`。从会计设置,检查银行对账单选项**Import in .QIF Format** 和应用。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -526,13 +528,13 @@ msgid "" "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " "Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" " on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦你安装这个功能,你可以设置你的银行账户,允许导入银行对账单文件。要做到这一点,去会计仪表板,点击银行账户的**More**按钮。然后,点击 **Import Statement**加载第一个QIF文件。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 msgid "" "Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在下面的屏幕中加载QIF文件,单击 **Import** 创建你所有的银行对账单。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 msgid "Importing QIF files" @@ -549,7 +551,7 @@ msgid "" "forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You " "can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo能够每4小时直接获得所有银行对账单并自动导入Odoo,与你的银行同步。在做这步之前,你应该检查你的银行是否对予支持。你可以从“Odoo会计中找到相关功能 `__" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -558,7 +560,7 @@ msgid "" " supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, " "Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " "supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在上面的页面中寻找你银行的名字。如果你的银行出现在其中,这意味着它受Odoo支持。完全支持的国家(即超过95%的银行)包括:美国、加拿大、新西兰、奥地利。30多个国家部分支持,包括:哥伦比亚、印度、法国、西班牙等。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" @@ -570,7 +572,7 @@ msgstr "此处填写例如：美国的主要银行" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yodlee: 其他银行" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 msgid "Odoo Online Users" @@ -581,7 +583,7 @@ msgid "" "If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" " already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" " module **account_yodlee**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果我们支持你们国家的银行,银行特性应该已经被安装集成。如果没有安装,您可以手动安装模块**account_yodlee**。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" @@ -592,13 +594,13 @@ msgid "" "If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " "you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " "registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你计划使用Odoo企业版中的银行接口,你不需要做什么特别的,只是确保数据库已在Odoo企业合同注册。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 msgid "" "you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " "following addresses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可能需要检查一下,没有防火墙/代理屏蔽以下地址" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" @@ -618,26 +620,26 @@ msgid "" "your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" " accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" " account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦Plaid或Yodlee接口安装后,您可以将Odoo连接到你的银行。这样做,在银行会计仪表板上点击**More** 。在菜单中,单击设置配,置该银行账户。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 msgid "" "In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " "**Bank Synchronization**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在银行界面,从银行帐户选项卡,设置银行选项为**Bank Synchronization**.。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 msgid "" "Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " "**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " "and fill in your bank credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦完成,回到你的会计仪表板。在你的银行卡上,您应该能看到一个 **Online Synchronization**的按钮。点击这个按钮,填写你的银行凭证。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 msgid "" "Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " "every 4 hours." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦你填写你的凭证,将会每4小时与你的银行同步一次。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 @@ -654,26 +656,26 @@ msgid "" "will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " "money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " "manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你们公司集中从客户收到支票后,他们往往会把这些钱批次地放到银行账户。这钱已经以一个物理形式收到了,你的公司的人必须手动把支票登记到银行。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 msgid "" "The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" " be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " "transactions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "银行将要求填写一张包含支票或现金的细节的交易事项的存款单证(也称为存款单)." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 msgid "" "The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " "reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "" +msgstr "银行对账单将反映总计和存款单的参考信息,而不是个人支票。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 msgid "" "Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " "reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo帮助您准备和打印你的押金单据,之后与银行对账单核销就很容易了。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" @@ -689,14 +691,14 @@ msgstr "为了使用批处理存款功能,你需要安装模块**批存款**。" msgid "" "Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" " your country." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通常, 如果支票在你的国家被广泛使用,这个模块是自动安装的。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 msgid "" "To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " "application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "验证 **Batch Deposit** 功能是否安装,去:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting application。检查功能: **Allow batch deposit**。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" @@ -706,7 +708,7 @@ msgstr "在银行账户激活该功能" msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " "deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦你已经安装了这个特性,Odoo将自动激活你的银行账户内的押金功能。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -714,13 +716,13 @@ msgid "" "the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " "'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " "Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "哪个银行账户可以做批处理押金,哪些不能,这个控制可以去账内定义,通常被称为“支票”或“银行”(参见:doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`,会计应用程序:menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 msgid "" "In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" " to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 **Advanced Settings** 项卡中,**Miscellaneous**节,设置借记方式为**Batch Deposit**。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -728,7 +730,7 @@ msgid "" "payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " "make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " "Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你在借记方式中检查**Batch Deposit**,这意味着付款时使用这个账(当收款或是付款时称为支付方式), 将适用于之后的押金批处理。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 msgid "From checks received to the bank" @@ -744,7 +746,7 @@ msgid "" "you plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal" " is you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit." " Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦你将登记收到的支票,作为保证金登记在银行账上。一旦你选择的银行账户(或支票账户),Odoo建议您使用批处理。选择这个选项,如果你计划批处理。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." @@ -755,7 +757,7 @@ msgid "" "payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " "Payment** button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可在此菜单中登记付款:menuselection::`Sales --> Payments`,或直接在相关发票上登记,使用 **Register Payment** 按钮。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" @@ -765,7 +767,7 @@ msgstr "预备批量缴存" msgid "" "From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从会计程序,进入菜单:menuselection :menuselection:`Sales --> Batch Deposit`,并创建一个新的**Batch Deposit**." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -773,13 +775,13 @@ msgid "" "deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " "deposit yet. That way, you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " "check." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择银行,然后选择你想要添加的付款(支票)。默认情况下,Odoo建议你保存所有的支票。这样,您就可以确认你不要忘记或丢失支票。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 msgid "" "You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " "the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后你可以打印批存款,这将是非常有用的, 银行通常需要。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" @@ -791,14 +793,14 @@ msgid "" "ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " "is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " "the bank statement line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当核销银行对账单时, 对账单中将会看到存款单的号码。核销运行时,用户将能够选择匹配的批处理存款。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 msgid "" "If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fills all the checks " "contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in this batch " "deposit the example below)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您选择一批存款,Odoo将自动填充所匹配的支票存款。(下面的例子中有2账支票是作为批处理的)" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 @@ -814,18 +816,18 @@ msgstr "在银行对帐单上没有此明细行？" msgid "" "If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " "be two reasons:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在银行对账单中没有批存款链接,可能是两个原因:" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 msgid "" "After having installed the batch deposit features, you need to reload the " "page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" " button of your browser." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装批存款功能后,您需要重新加载页面,这样浏览器知道这个新特性。点击浏览器的刷新按钮。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的银行账户内没有创建批处理存款。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" @@ -836,31 +838,31 @@ msgid "" "If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " "in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " "refused." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果银行对账单的金额小于实际批存款的金额,它可能意味着你的某一张支票已经被拒绝了。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 msgid "" "In this case, click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " "bank statement matching." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这种情况下,在银行对账单中,点击相应的行并删除." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何用电汇从一个银行转移到另一个银行?" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" " is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " "clicks." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一个公司可能有几个银行账号或现金账号。使用odoo,内部转移钱只是几个点击就可解决了。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " "accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " "to the another one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们用下面的例子来说明。我公司有两个银行账户,我想把50.000欧元从我们的银行账户转移到另一个。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" @@ -873,20 +875,20 @@ msgid "" " your chart of account. To parameter your chart of account and check the " "default transfer account go into your the accounting module, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "处理内部转移你需要在科目表中需要一个转移科目。Odoo将自动生成一个帐户基于你国家的科目表。参数科目表, 在会计模块中检查默认的转账科目,选择 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " "specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你注册时, 会根据你的国家信息, 预设科目表,它不能被改变。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "" "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " "from the same page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "自动生成默认的转移帐户取决于你们国家的立法。如果有必要,可以修改相同的页面。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" @@ -899,11 +901,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." " You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " "your bank to specify your bank's details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在我们可以注册一个内部转让之前, 我们需要在会计仪表板上添加一个新的银行账户。进入会计模块,点击:menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. 创建一个新的银行账户。你应该填写 **Account Number**. 您还可以创建和编辑你的银行详细信息。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过保存更改, 你现在有2个银行账户。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." @@ -913,7 +915,7 @@ msgstr "登记一个从一个银行到另外一个银行的内部转账。" msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在我们将把50.000欧元从我们的 **Bank** 转到**Bank BE57 0633 9533 1498**账户。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" @@ -924,20 +926,20 @@ msgid "" "The first step is to register the internal paiement. To do so, go into your " "accounting dashboard. click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " "select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "第一步是注册内部paiement。为此,进入你的会计仪表板。点击的**more** 按钮并选择:menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " "**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个新的付款。付款类型将自动设置为内部转让。选择您想要转移的* *银行* *,指定**Amount**和添加一个 **Memo** (如果你需要)。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " "`_)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "备忘录是很重要的,如果你想自动核销(`see `_)." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." @@ -948,7 +950,7 @@ msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " "accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在会计方面, 钱现在登记在转移账户。我们需要导入银行对账单, 将钱登记在最终的账户." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" @@ -958,7 +960,7 @@ msgstr "导入银行对账单并调节" msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." -msgstr "" +msgstr "注意,银行余额在Odoo的计算与银行最新的对账单是不同的." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -967,7 +969,7 @@ msgid "" "statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " "Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " "the corresponding bank to import them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这是因为我们没有导入银行对账单来确认付出和收到的钱。因此需要导入你的银行对账单,将付款和正确的银行对账单行核销。一旦你收到银行对账单点, 在相应的银行点击**new statement**导入。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -976,7 +978,7 @@ msgid "" "your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " "that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " "**Reconcile** button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "填上**Transactions line**。一旦完成,Odoo将显示 **Computed Balance**。计算的余额是理论上你的账户的余额。如果与银行对账单一致,就意味着没有错误。填写**Ending balance** ,然后点击**Reconcile** 按钮。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 msgid "The following window will open:" @@ -987,7 +989,7 @@ msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the paiement. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the paiement and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你需要为paiement选择同行。选择正确的银行对账单对应paiement, 点击* *核销* *按钮。关闭对账单来完成这项交易." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -995,7 +997,7 @@ msgid "" "statement. Note that if you specify the correct amount, and the same memo in" " both bank statement and payment transaction then the reconciliation will " "happen automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦你收到第二个银行对账单, 需要重复相同的步骤。注意,如果指定了正确的金额,在银行对账单和付款事务有相同的备忘录, 核销就会自动发生。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 @@ -1012,14 +1014,14 @@ msgstr "配置条目模型" msgid "" "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " "order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中,可以预先填入一些会计分录,如银行费用, 这样核销就很容易。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " "my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " "current balance. This fee is thus variable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们将下面的例子来说明这一概念:每个月, 我公司收到银行费用成本,这取决于我们的银行账户当前余额。这个费用是变量。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" @@ -1030,13 +1032,13 @@ msgid "" "First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " "to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " ":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先,我们需要配置两个核销凭证。为此,会计应用程序仪表盘。在银行账,点击:menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 msgid "" "We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " "depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们银行费用容易记账。我们的银行扣除费用根据余额,也就是说它可以每个月都不同。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1044,7 +1046,7 @@ msgid "" "book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " "\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " "Odoo to take the entire fee into account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们创建一个名为银行费用的按钮标签,选择正确的科目记录这些费用。此外我们还需要指定类型是\"Percentage of balance\" ,比例为100%。这个参数将告诉Odoo考虑整个费用。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 msgid "Save your changes when you are done." @@ -1054,13 +1056,13 @@ msgstr "当完成时保存变更。" msgid "" "If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " "under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你的银行费用是固定的,也可以选择**Fixed**以及定义金额。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 msgid "" "You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "您还可以使用此功能来处理折扣。请参阅doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" @@ -1070,14 +1072,14 @@ msgstr "基于对账模型登记付款" msgid "" "Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " "impacted by the payment of the bank fee." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过导入你的银行对账单来登记付款,这会影响银行的支付费用。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 msgid "" "When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " "**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" " relevant data instantly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进行核销时,您可以选择一个未清的余额, 点击**Reconciliation Model**按钮(在这种情况下,**Bank Fees**)立即获得所有相关的数据。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." @@ -1107,7 +1109,7 @@ msgid "" "need to find invoices back, relate payments and that amount of " "administration can cast a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very " "easily link your invoices or any other payment with your bank statements." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将账户链接到银行对账单的工作量比较大。你需要找到发票,相关的付款, 这需要很多的时间。幸运的是,使用Odoo, 您可以很容易地将发票或是付款链接到相关的银行对账单。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:14 msgid "Two reconciliation processes exist in Odoo." @@ -1125,7 +1127,7 @@ msgstr "我们能用银行对账单调节开放的发票" msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to " "do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记发票不需要任何特殊配置。我们需要做的就是安装会计软件。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29 msgid "User cases" @@ -1139,7 +1141,7 @@ msgstr "案例1: 付款登记" msgid "" "We received the payment proof for our invoice of 2100 euros issued to Smith " "& Co." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们收到付款证明, 是史密斯公司的2100欧元。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1148,31 +1150,31 @@ msgid "" "only handles the bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark the " "invoice as paid so we can remember we can start the service with our " "customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们开了张2100欧元的发票给史密斯公司。因为我们出售的产品是服务,要求立即付款。而我们的会计只在周末处理银行对账单,所以我们在发票上做标记为支付, 就可以为我们的客户提供服务。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:43 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们的客户发给我们付款凭证。我们可以登记付款, 相关的发票为已付。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:49 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过点击* *付款登记* *, 我们告诉Odoo,客户已支付。我们因此需要指定金额和支付方式" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:56 msgid "" "We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the " ":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们可以找到付款信息, 通过单击发票上:menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`.。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票已经支付,* *自动核销已完成* *。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:66 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" @@ -1182,19 +1184,19 @@ msgstr "案例2: 银行对账单对账" msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们开始已开给Smith & Co的3000欧元的发票。让我们也假定其他不同客户的发票未付款。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:74 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and not only the invoice of Smith & Co has " "been paid, the one of Buzz of 92 euros as well." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们收到银行对账单, 不仅是史密斯公司的款已支付,Buzz的92欧元也已支付。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:77 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Import**或**Create** 银行对账单。请在银行提要部分参考相关文档。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:83 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" @@ -1204,7 +1206,7 @@ msgstr "在仪表板, 点击 **Reconcile # Items**" msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果一切是正确的(正确的业务伙伴名字,金额正确), odoo会 **automatically**核销。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:94 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." @@ -1214,17 +1216,17 @@ msgstr "如果发现某些问题，需要执行**手工动作**。" msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如,如果在银行对账单中缺少业务伙伴,请填写" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:102 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果用首付完成了付款,只检查它是否正确并验证所有相关的付款" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击CTRL-Enter, 核销表中的所有项。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" @@ -1232,7 +1234,7 @@ msgstr "设置" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何设置一个新的银行账户？" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1243,29 +1245,29 @@ msgstr "在Odoo，您可以管理多个银行账户。在这个页面，你会 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "编辑银行账户" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 msgid "" "To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" " it first before filling your own bank information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了简化这一过程,银行账户已经存在。我们建议你在填写银行信息前先编辑它。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " "click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "去:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, 然后点击* *银行* *项。编辑它。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 msgid "" "Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " "method like SEPA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo将检测银行账户类型(例如 IBAN), 允许类似于SEPA等的支付方式" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建银行账户" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -1273,14 +1275,14 @@ msgid "" " on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" " number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " "Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`.点击* *创建* *和填写表格。你可以决定在文件上显示银行帐号, 就如销售订单或发票。选择银行账户的支付方式。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 msgid "" "If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " "the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " "accounts from another company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你在多公司环境内工作, 如你添加、编辑或删除银行账号, 需要在首选项中切换公司。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" @@ -1301,7 +1303,7 @@ msgid "" "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " "the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " "menu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从银行账户列表中,选择要删除的项, 从行动菜单删除它们, 或者去表单和在行动菜单中删除" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" @@ -1314,27 +1316,27 @@ msgid "" "transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " "the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " "transaction." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo,每笔交易都用公司的默认货币记录。报告都是基于该公司的货币。但另一种货币交易发生, Odoo保存公司的货币价值和交易的货币的价值。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你有一个外币的银行账户,对于每笔交易,Odoo都保存两个值:" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "公司币别中的借方／贷方" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "银行账户币别中的借方／贷方" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." -msgstr "" +msgstr "汇率会自动更新, 使用yahoo.com,或者欧洲央行的在线服务。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" @@ -1347,7 +1349,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance " "Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " "**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了让贵公司使用多种货币,你应该激活多种货币的模式。在会计应用程序中,进入:menuselection:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance Features` , 确保**Allow Multi-currencies** 已勾选。提供一个 **Currency Exchange Gain / Loss**科目,然后点击* *应用* *。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" @@ -1360,18 +1362,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " "created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " "(to activate a currency, check his active field)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦Odoo配置为支持多种货币,你应该激活您计划使用的货币。要做到这一点,菜单:menuselection:menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. 。默认情况下,所有货币都已创建. 但是你应该激活你计划的货币。(激活一种货币,检查他的活跃的字段)" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" " the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "激活货币后,你可以配置的参数自动更新汇率。这些选项的设置也在会计应用程序中,在页面的底部:" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击* *现在更新* *链接到目前最新的汇率。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" @@ -1381,12 +1383,12 @@ msgstr "创建银行账户" msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在会计应用程序中,我们首先去:menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting / Bank account`,我们创建一个新的账户。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦你保存这个银行账户,Odoo将为您创建的所有文件:" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" @@ -1400,29 +1402,29 @@ msgstr "将此帐簿显示在仪表盘上" msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果选择框* *在发票页脚显示* *, 银行信息将在发票页脚显示" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如：外币的供应商账单" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据上面的例子中,我们假设我们收到中国供应商的发票。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在:menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` ,你可以看到:" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦你已经准备好支付这个账单,点击登记付款记录付款。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -1430,13 +1432,13 @@ msgid "" " gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " "depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " "and the payment date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这是你所要做的。Odoo将在核销时, 自动将发票日和付款日的汇率差计入外汇损益。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "注意,您可以用另一种货币支付外汇发票。在这种情况下,Odoo将自动完成两种货币之间的转换。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" @@ -1447,14 +1449,14 @@ msgid "" "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户和供应商的报表是用发票货币来管理的。所以,客户(供应商)的到期金额总是用发票的货币表示。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " "the report below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果同一客户有几个不同货币的发票, Odoo将按货币分类, 如下报告所示。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -1463,14 +1465,14 @@ msgid "" " in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " "this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" " be converted in this currency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在上面的报告, Camptocamp相关的应收帐款没有用第二种货币管理,这意味着, 每笔交易都使用自己的货币。如果你喜欢,你可以为该客户的应收帐款设置第二种货币, 他所有的债务将自动转换货币。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " "amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这种情况下,客户对账单总是只有一种货币。一般来说,这不是什么客户所希望的, 他更喜欢看到他收到发票的货币金额;" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a cash register?" @@ -1487,7 +1489,7 @@ msgstr "收银是日记注册receivings和支付交易。它计算总资金进 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置现金账, 在 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1513,7 +1515,7 @@ msgstr "要注册特定于该客户的现金支付，你应该遵循以下步骤 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "去:menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register Transactions`" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" @@ -1534,7 +1536,7 @@ msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "把钱放入, 在交易开始前用于手动放置你的现金。从登记交易窗口,去 :menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 msgid "Take money out" @@ -1545,7 +1547,7 @@ msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "把钱拿出, 是在所有的交易结束后, 收集你的现金。在登记交易窗口,去 :menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -1563,7 +1565,7 @@ msgstr "顾问" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 msgid "Manage your fixed assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理固定资产" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1622,7 +1624,7 @@ msgstr ":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 资产类型(Asset Types)`" msgid "" "Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " "`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在登记你的第一资产之前,您必须定义资产类型`." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 msgid "Defining Asset Types" @@ -1665,7 +1667,7 @@ msgid "" "Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " "on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " "confirming the asset." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦资产创建,别忘了确认一下。在确认资产前, 可以单击计算折旧按钮检查折旧。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -1702,7 +1704,7 @@ msgid "" " *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when " "you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " "accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据资产类别上的信息, 可直接生成草稿资产或是直接确认。直接生成确认的资产更容易,这样你不会忘记确认。(检查字段*跳过草案状态* 在*资产类别上*). 如果你想要在过账前检查你的资产, 可生成草稿资产." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -1772,7 +1774,7 @@ msgid "" "Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. It allows you " "to measure your actual financial performance against the planned one. Odoo " "manages its budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "预算管理是企业运营的重要组成部分。你可以对比计划检测实际财务业绩。Odoo使用通用和分析科目管理其预算。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1780,28 +1782,28 @@ msgid "" "with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " "project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " "than 700." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们将使用下面的例子来说明。我们与Smith&Co刚刚开始一个项目,我们希望做这个项目的收入和费用的预算。我们计划收入1000,费用不超700。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:20 msgid "" "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" " is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " "and Finance** app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先我们需要安装预算相应的应用程序。会计的主要模块应用。在应用程序模块, 安装* *会计和金融* *应用。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:27 msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" " feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "也进一步配置是必要的。去:menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> Settings` ,使用* *预算管理* *功能" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:34 msgid "" "If we want to be precise and point specific invoices and vendors bills to " "our budget, you should enable the Analytic accounting as well. If we don't " "we will only be able to budget the total amount of general accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果我们想要精确和指定供应商发票, 您应该启用分析会计。如果不用分析账户, 我们只能一般账户统计总额。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "Budgetary Positions" @@ -1813,25 +1815,25 @@ msgid "" "budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so " "Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information. " "Some might be already installed with your chart of accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "预算的位置一般是科目, 用于保存预算(通常是费用或收入科目)。事先需要定义, Odoo才知道怎样去抓取预算信息。有一些可能已在科目表中安装." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "定义位置, 进入 :menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 msgid "" "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " "expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在我们的示例中,我们需要定义关联到项目费用的科目。创建一个位置并将条目添加到选择账户。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:57 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这种情况下,我们选择使用的三个相关科目,用来登记费用。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63 msgid "Click on *Select*." @@ -1845,7 +1847,7 @@ msgstr "确认你的预算设置。" msgid "" "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " "select the relevant income accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "重复这个步骤创建一个收入预算的位置。只有在这种情况下选择相关收入科目。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Analytical account" @@ -1860,7 +1862,7 @@ msgid "" "account by entering the Accounting module and clicking " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`. Create a " "new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related partner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你想具体分析发票或供应商账单, 你需要利用分析科目。Odoo需要知道指定预算的成本或费用。所以, 我们需要将发票和费用链接到分析科目。创建分析科目, 需进入会计模块和点击:menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`. 创建一个名为Smith&Co项目并选择相关的合作伙伴。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88 msgid "Set a budget" @@ -1870,20 +1872,20 @@ msgstr "设置预算" msgid "" "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " "gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在,让我们为我们的预算设定我们的目标。我们规定,我们期望这个项目获得1000, 话费不超过700。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:94 msgid "" "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设定这些目标,进入会计程序,选择 :menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` ,创建一个新的预算。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:97 msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" " an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们需要为这个预算命名。在这种情况下,我们把它叫做“史密斯项目”。选择预算适用的期间。下一步, 在预算行定义目标。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -1893,13 +1895,13 @@ msgid "" "Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " "cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " "corresponding analytic account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择相关预算行的预算位置。换句话说,选择你想要的位置科目。在这种情况下,我们将开始费用目标, 不超700。选择“成本”预算位置, 指定计划预算金额。我们记录成本,我们需要指定一个* * 负数金额 * *。最后,选择相应的分析科目。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "" "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " "is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击* *Save & new* *输入收入预算。预算的位置是收入, 计划是1000。保存并关闭" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:117 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." @@ -1913,17 +1915,17 @@ msgstr "检查预算" msgid "" "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以在任何时间检查你的预算。查看进化,让我们录入一些发票和供应商账单。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "" "if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" " in the invoice and / or purchase line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你使用分析账户, 请记住,您需要在发票上和/或购买行指定科目。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:131 msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关于发票和采购订单的信息请看：" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" @@ -1942,7 +1944,7 @@ msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " "Amount** column." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过分析账户,Odoo可以计算发票行和采购发票行, 金额将显示在* *实际金额* *列。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -1951,25 +1953,25 @@ msgid "" "budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " "january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " "amount that could have been realised." -msgstr "" +msgstr "理论数据代表理论上可用/可收到的金额。当你12个月的预算是1200 (1月至12月),今天是1月31日,理论数量将达到1000,因为这是实际的数量。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何在Odoo中做年末(关闭会计区间)" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 msgid "" "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " "should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," " and accurate:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在关闭一个财政年度前, 需要做几步以确保你的会计是正确的,最新的,和精确的:" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 msgid "" "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " "and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " "balances." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保你完全核销了* *银行账户(s)* *直至年底, 同时确认登帐期末余额和银行对账单的期末余额一致。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." @@ -1987,7 +1989,7 @@ msgstr "审核所有的费用，保证其正确。" msgid "" "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " "accurately." -msgstr "" +msgstr "证实,所有的 **received payments**已登记并准确记录。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" @@ -2005,20 +2007,20 @@ msgstr "在 **资产负债表** 调节所有科目 :" msgid "" "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " "statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将银行对账单和实际的银行余额一致, 可利用* *Bank Reconciliation* *报表来辅助。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 msgid "" "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " "**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过运行**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables**报表, 核销所有交易中的现金和银行科目。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " "affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " "loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查你的科目, 确定理解所有交易对科目的影响和交易的性质,确保包括贷款和固定资产。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -2027,19 +2029,19 @@ msgid "" "Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" " the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " "reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "运行选项* *付款匹配 * *特性, 在仪表盘上的下拉* *更多 * *,验证所有* *供应商账单* *和* * 客户发票* *以及他们的付款。这一步是可选的, 如果所有未付款和发票已核销, 同时可能会发现系统中的错误,但是它可能帮助年终操作, 。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 msgid "" "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " "book entries for:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的会计/登记员可能会验证您的资产负债表项目和登记凭证:" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 msgid "" "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" " example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "年终手动调整,使用* *Adviser Journal Entries* *菜单(例如,* *当年收入* * 和* *留存收益* *报告)。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." @@ -2063,7 +2065,7 @@ msgid "" "they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " "loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " "these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你的会计正经历今年年底审计,他们可能想要复印纸质的所有资产负债表项目(如贷款、银行账户、预付款、销项税,等等…), 这些应与Odoo内的余额一致。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -2072,11 +2074,11 @@ msgid "" "under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " "confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " "auditing the books." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这个过程中, 很好的实用方法就设置会计年度的最后一天, 通过设置 **Lock date for Non-Advisers** , 这个在会计配置下设置。这样, 在审计时, 会计可确保没有人能改变前一年的交易。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关闭会计年度" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -2086,7 +2088,7 @@ msgid "" " date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " "Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " "**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo, 不需要做一个特定的年底关闭凭证以关闭损益表科目。这些报表实时产生,这意味着* *损益表* *直接对应于您指定的年终Odoo日期。因此,任何时候你生成* *损益表* *,开始日期与* * 财政年度* *一致, 科目余额都是0。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -2095,7 +2097,7 @@ msgid "" " of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " "or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " "reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦会计创建凭证用于分配* *当年利润* *,你应该设置本财政年度的最后一天为* *锁定日期* *。确保在这样做之前,您确认是否当前年度收入* *资产负债表 * *中正确余额为0。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" @@ -2103,13 +2105,13 @@ msgstr "分析" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何追踪采购成本，费用，外包合同？" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " "and subcontracting in the accounting module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "多亏分析会计, 我们可以跟踪采购成本,费用和分包的会计模块。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -2124,7 +2126,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " "module and install the following apps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "下面的模块需要安装跟踪成本。进入应用程序模块和安装以下程序:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2201,7 +2203,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:89 msgid "Book the expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "费用记账" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -2294,7 +2296,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何追踪使用能够记工单的人资？" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2328,11 +2330,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用变更。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 msgid "Create an employee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个员工" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -2362,7 +2364,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 msgid "Issue a Sales Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发布销售订单" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -2396,7 +2398,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 msgid "Fill in timesheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入记工单" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -2408,7 +2410,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." -msgstr "" +msgstr "哈利为Smith&Co付出了三个小时的SWOT analysis。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -2436,11 +2438,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在该情景下我们可以使用两种方式。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 msgid "Without filters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "不要过滤" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -2471,11 +2473,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "With filters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "带有过滤" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "因此我们可以在**分析分录**中过滤该信息。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -2510,19 +2512,19 @@ msgstr "分析会计使用案例" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分析会计可以用于以下几种目的：" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "公司的成本分析" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "给顾客再开记工单发票" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分析服务或者项目的绩效" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -2538,19 +2540,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "工业公司：成本分析" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "法律公司：花费时间的再开票" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IT/服务公司：绩效分析" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "案例1：工业公司：成本分析" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -2573,15 +2575,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" -msgstr "" +msgstr "市场部门" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" -msgstr "" +msgstr "商务部门" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 msgid "Administration Department" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理部门" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 @@ -2623,7 +2625,7 @@ msgstr "**分析账户**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**称呼**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 @@ -2640,22 +2642,22 @@ msgstr "**科目**" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**借方**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**贷方**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**价值**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" -msgstr "" +msgstr "原材料采购" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 @@ -2675,7 +2677,7 @@ msgstr "-1 500" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分包" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 @@ -2690,7 +2692,7 @@ msgstr "-450" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "有缺陷的材料的待方记录" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 @@ -2699,11 +2701,11 @@ msgstr "200" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "Transport charges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "运输费" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "Staff costs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "员工成本" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" @@ -2716,7 +2718,7 @@ msgstr "10000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "市场" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 @@ -2726,7 +2728,7 @@ msgstr "-2 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" -msgstr "" +msgstr "商务" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "-3 000" @@ -2735,7 +2737,7 @@ msgstr "-3 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" @@ -2743,7 +2745,7 @@ msgstr "-1 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" -msgstr "" +msgstr "采购需求单" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" @@ -2794,7 +2796,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "案例2：法律公司：人力资源的成本？" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -2851,7 +2853,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**总量**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" @@ -2859,14 +2861,14 @@ msgstr "**总账科目**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "学习文件(1h)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Case 1.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "案例1.1" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "-15" @@ -2874,7 +2876,7 @@ msgstr "-15" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "Search for information (3 h)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "搜索信息(3h)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" @@ -2882,11 +2884,11 @@ msgstr "-45" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾问 (4 h)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Case 2.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "案例 2.1" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "-60" @@ -2894,7 +2896,7 @@ msgstr "-60" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "Service charges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "服务费用" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 @@ -2903,11 +2905,11 @@ msgstr "280" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "705 –给服务开票" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Stationery purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "办公用品采购" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" @@ -2915,7 +2917,7 @@ msgstr "-42" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "601 –家具采购" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "42" @@ -2923,7 +2925,7 @@ msgstr "42" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "" +msgstr "燃油成本－客户方出差" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" @@ -2931,7 +2933,7 @@ msgstr "-35" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "613 – Transports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "613 – 运费" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "35" @@ -2939,11 +2941,11 @@ msgstr "35" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "Staff salaries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "员工工资" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "6201 – Salaries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "6201 – 工资" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" @@ -2972,23 +2974,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" -msgstr "" +msgstr "案例3：IT服务公司：绩效分析" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "大多数IT服务公司都面临者如下问题：" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," -msgstr "" +msgstr "项目计划，" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," -msgstr "" +msgstr "开票，项目的盈利能力和财务跟踪，" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 msgid "managing support contracts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理支持合同。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -3040,7 +3042,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "怎么理解科目类型，如何配置呢？" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 msgid "What is an account type ?" @@ -3077,7 +3079,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**科目类型列表**" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 msgid "Receivable" @@ -3122,7 +3124,7 @@ msgstr "权益" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "当年盈余" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 msgid "Other Income" @@ -3138,7 +3140,7 @@ msgstr "收入" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "折旧" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 msgid "Expenses" @@ -3150,7 +3152,7 @@ msgstr "直接成本" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "我如何来配置我的账户？" +msgstr "我如何来配置我的科目？" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -3210,7 +3212,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "平均成本定义" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -3309,7 +3311,7 @@ msgstr "0" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以$10收到8个产品" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" @@ -3336,7 +3338,7 @@ msgstr "$10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以$16收到4个产品" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" @@ -3435,14 +3437,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "意味着以上表格将会按照如下更新：" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以原始购买价格$10退回1个产品" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 @@ -3480,7 +3482,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "给客户发货1片产品" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" @@ -3520,7 +3522,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "anglo saxon模式的深究" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -3540,7 +3542,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "stock input" -msgstr "" +msgstr "采购产品科目" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "price diff" @@ -3552,7 +3554,7 @@ msgstr "($80)" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收到供应商的账单$80" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" @@ -3560,7 +3562,7 @@ msgstr "($64)" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收到供应商的账单$64" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" @@ -3572,7 +3574,7 @@ msgstr "**$12**" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收到供应商的退款账单$10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$2" @@ -3589,7 +3591,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在付款时登记汇率" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -3759,11 +3761,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以在设置中更改：" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看或编辑正在使用的汇率" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -3774,13 +3776,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**查看汇率**编辑并查看历史记录：" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" " **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**创建**添加汇率，输入日期和汇率。完成后点击**保存**。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" @@ -3804,7 +3806,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "只有**有效的**币别被更新" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 msgid "Configure your charts of account" @@ -3821,7 +3823,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果留空，就意味着可以处理所有有效的币别。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 msgid "Configure your journals" @@ -3920,7 +3922,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何在多币别环境下管理发票和付款？" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -3963,7 +3965,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多币别发票和供应商账单" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 msgid "Invoices" @@ -4014,7 +4016,7 @@ msgstr "报告" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用你自己的公式如何创建定制报表？" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -4025,7 +4027,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:13 msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "激活开发者模式" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -4036,11 +4038,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击：**激活开发者模式**。" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建财务报表" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -4056,19 +4058,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**显示借方和贷方栏位**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:41 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**分析期间 ** :" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43 msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基于日期区间(例如损益)" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45 msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基于单个日期(例如余额表)" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -4078,11 +4080,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:50 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基于日期区间和金额式(例如现金流量表)" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:54 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在定制报表中添加行" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -4100,7 +4102,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:67 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在公式中有几个可用对象：" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -4126,11 +4128,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83 msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "其余有用的字段：" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**类型**：公式结果的类型。 " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -4157,7 +4159,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可用的主要报表是什么？" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4168,11 +4170,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**余额表 **" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**损益**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 msgid "**Chart of Account**" @@ -4180,27 +4182,27 @@ msgstr "**科目表**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**经营综合报告**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**总账**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**应付账龄**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**应收账龄**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**现金流量报表**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**税表**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" @@ -4252,7 +4254,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "经营综合报告" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -4268,11 +4270,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**绩效:**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**毛利润：**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -4282,7 +4284,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**净利润：**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -4294,7 +4296,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**投资回报率(每年)：**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -4304,11 +4306,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**位置:**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**平均债务人天数：**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -4318,7 +4320,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**平均债权人天数：**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -4328,7 +4330,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**短期现金预测：**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -4339,7 +4341,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**流动资产负债：**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -4411,7 +4413,7 @@ msgstr "税" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 msgid "How to apply specific taxes by country, state or city?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果根据国家，省份或者城市设置特定的税？" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4485,7 +4487,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:55 msgid "Defining Fiscal Positions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "定义财政位置" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -4517,7 +4519,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:78 msgid "Apply fiscal positions automatically" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自动应用财政位置" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -4554,7 +4556,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:107 msgid "Using fiscal positions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用财政位置" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -4594,7 +4596,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`create`" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 msgid "How to define new taxes?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何定义新的税？" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4607,15 +4609,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:11 msgid "" "This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "该章节详细的介绍了如何在特定情景中定义新的税。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:15 msgid "Managing Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理税" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 msgid "Defining new taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "定义新的税" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -4626,11 +4628,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:27 msgid "When you create a new tax, you can set the following information:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建新的税的时候，你可以设置如下信息：" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:29 msgid "**Scope**: Sales, Purchases or None (e.g. deprecated tax)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**范围**：销售，采购或者没有(例如，过时的税收)" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -4667,23 +4669,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:50 msgid "Taxes allow different computation mechanism:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "税有不同的计算机制：" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:52 msgid "**Fixed**, example: an eco-tax of $1.34 per battery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**固定的**，例如：每节电池1.34元的生态税" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:54 msgid "**Percentage**, example: 15% sales tax" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**百分比**，例如：15%的销项税" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:56 msgid "**Percentage of price**, tax included: example in brazil" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**价格的百分比**，含税：例如巴西" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:58 msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**税组**：能使用复合税" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -4701,39 +4703,39 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:74 msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果价格中不含税，你会得到：" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:76 msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "不含税价格： $100" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:78 msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "税：$10" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:80 msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "" +msgstr "待支付总计： $110" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:82 msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果税包含在价格中" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:84 msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "" +msgstr "不含税价格：90.91" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:86 msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "" +msgstr "税： $9.09" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:88 msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "总计待支付：$100" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:94 msgid "Stop using a tax" -msgstr "" +msgstr "停止使用税" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -4744,7 +4746,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:101 msgid "Setting your default taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置默认税" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -4777,7 +4779,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`retention`" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何管理预扣税？" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4834,7 +4836,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在发票上使用保留税" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -5029,7 +5031,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo会计支持超过50个国家。每个国家的Odoo核心会计实 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "特别的，Odoo内核会计引擎支持：" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -5172,7 +5174,7 @@ msgstr "未分配利润是你的公司留存收益的部分。 Odoo自动计算 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入Odoo会计" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 msgid "Transcript" @@ -5198,11 +5200,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo可以通过电子邮件或者一般邮件把他们发送给你。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的客户在线支付，也为这你立马就可以得到钱。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -5223,7 +5225,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中就是这么简单。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -5240,7 +5242,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 millions of happy users." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在就开始使用Odoo吧，加入我们的2百万用户中。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" @@ -5794,7 +5796,7 @@ msgstr "分析条目" msgid "" "Costs or revenues posted to analytic accounts, usually related to journal " "entries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "营收或者成本过账到成本账户，通常和会计分录相关。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:70 msgid "Sales Receipt" @@ -5920,47 +5922,47 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "让我们用如下信息创建一张客户发票：" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户: Agrolait" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 msgid "Product: iMac" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品: iMac" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 msgid "Quantity: 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数量: 1" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 msgid "Unit Price: 100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "单价 : 100" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "税: 15%的税" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "该文档由三部分构成：" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "" +msgstr "在发票上方，有客户信息，" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票的主体有详细的发票行，" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." -msgstr "" +msgstr "页面的底部有税的详细信息以及总计。" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开或者形式发票" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -5990,7 +5992,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发送发票给客户" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -6012,14 +6014,14 @@ msgstr "**合作伙伴**" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**到期日 **" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agrolait" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" @@ -6043,7 +6045,7 @@ msgstr "销售" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:89 msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -6056,11 +6058,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从付款生成的特定的会计分录看起来如下：" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过银行账单部分收款" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -6104,7 +6106,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款追踪" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -6131,7 +6133,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户的账龄报表：" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -6199,7 +6201,7 @@ msgstr "从供应商账单到付款" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记一张新的供应商账单" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -6236,7 +6238,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "确认供应商账单" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -6254,16 +6256,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**应付科目 :**在供应商页面维护" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**税:**在产品或者订单行上维护" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**费用科目:**在产品上维护 " #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -6283,7 +6285,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 msgid "Pay a bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支付账单" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -6311,7 +6313,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 msgid "Printing vendor Checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印供应商支票" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -6343,7 +6345,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "应付账龄余额" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -6376,7 +6378,7 @@ msgstr "杂项" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何追踪员工费用？" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6387,11 +6389,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "汽车旅行，根据距离按照每单位进行报销(英里或者公里)，" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "" +msgstr "生活费，根据小票进行报销，" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -6421,25 +6423,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一些示例产品可以是：" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**出差 (汽车)**" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品类型：服务" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开票策略：基于记工单开票" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "费用开票原则：根据销售价格" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" @@ -6453,15 +6455,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**酒店**" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "费用开票原则：基于成本" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "计量单位：个" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -6482,15 +6484,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo支持两种类型的费用：" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "" +msgstr "雇员自己付款的费用" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用公司信用卡支付的费用" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 msgid "The expenses workflow" @@ -6498,7 +6500,7 @@ msgstr "费用报销工作流程" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记新的费用" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -6509,15 +6511,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "员工登记自己的费用，然后提交给自己的经理" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "经理通过或者拒绝费用" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "会计对会计分录过账" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -6533,15 +6535,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个费用，员工至少应该登记：" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "描述：应该包含票据／账单的号码参照" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一个产品：费用类型" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -6579,7 +6581,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "由经理通过" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -6590,7 +6592,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "经理能：" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -6600,15 +6602,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "拒绝一个费用；" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过一个费用。" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "" +msgstr "由会计经理控制" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -6645,7 +6647,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "员工报销" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 msgid "" @@ -6678,11 +6680,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**基于记工单**：重新给客户开票" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**基于销售订单：**不给客户重新开票" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -6774,7 +6776,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择要支付的账单" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -6843,15 +6845,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印支票的兼容支票纸张" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 msgid "United States" -msgstr "" +msgstr "美国" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于美国，Odoo默认支持支票格式：" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" @@ -6905,11 +6907,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款界面字段的解释：" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "试着用支票支付供应商账单" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 msgid "Print checks" @@ -6981,15 +6983,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 msgid "`Print checks `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "` 打印支票 `_" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "` 核销银行对账单 `_" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何一次性支付几个账单？" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7000,11 +7002,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一次支付多个账单" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 msgid "Record several payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记一些付款" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -7028,7 +7030,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一个接一个的支付账单" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -7047,7 +7049,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多个账单一块支付" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -7071,23 +7073,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记付款，随后核销" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "" "You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " "recorded." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可以在付款登记之后对付款进行核销。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，我们来创建一个付款" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这可以在以下处理：`仪表盘 --> 银行分类账 --> 更多选项 --> 付款 `" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -7100,7 +7102,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你所见，账单的状态显示什么已经过账什么还没有过账。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -7111,11 +7113,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "详情参见银行核销过程，请参阅：" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多个供应商账单的部分付款" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" @@ -7164,11 +7166,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在我们回到银行对账单并打开核销视图。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" -msgstr "" +msgstr "带有模型选项的银行对账单的核销，见" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 @@ -7322,7 +7324,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "该银行账号没有银行识别码……" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -7563,7 +7565,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "接收产品" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -7650,7 +7652,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商账单匹配" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" @@ -8108,7 +8110,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何为客户发票制定分期付款计划?" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -8391,7 +8393,7 @@ msgstr "这个过程有利于双方的服务和实物产品。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "销售订单‣提货单‣发票" +msgstr "销售订单(Sales Order) ‣ 提货单(Delivery Order) ‣ 发票(Invoice)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -8410,7 +8412,7 @@ msgstr "这样，如果你提供一个偏序，您只需为您真正提供发票 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "电子商务订单‣发票" +msgstr "电子商务订单 ‣ 发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -8527,7 +8529,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何理解使用付款条件" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9930,7 +9932,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:122 msgid "Drill down to an invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "深入一张发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -9961,7 +9963,7 @@ msgstr "转到 :菜单选择:`会计--> 销售--> 客户对账单`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:145 msgid "Exclude a specific invoice for a specific date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "排除特定日期的特定日期" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -9980,7 +9982,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:162 msgid "Exclude a specific invoice forever" -msgstr "" +msgstr "永久的排除特定的发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -9990,4 +9992,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:168 msgid "If you click on **History**, you can see all follow ups actions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你在**历史记录**点击，你会看到所有相关的动作。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 291c35382..75401fe59 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-28 16:42+0530\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-04 10:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: fausthuang\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-03 12:22+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: mrshelly \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -38,13 +38,13 @@ msgstr "没有变量的列表" msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." -msgstr "为了列出一个产品，你需要选中产品格式的**使用 eBay**字段。 eBay的标签将可用。" +msgstr "为了上架一个产品，你需要选中产品格式的 **使用 eBay** 字段。 eBay的标签将可用。" #: ../../crm/ebay/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." -msgstr "当**使用库存数量** 字段被选中, eBay上的数量设置将会是Odoo的 **预测数量**." +msgstr "当 **使用库存数量** 字段被选中, eBay上的数量设置将会是Odoo的 **预测数量**." #: ../../crm/ebay/manage.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ msgid "" "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." " You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " "Description**." -msgstr "该**描述模板**允许你为您的物品使用模板。默认的模板只使用产品的**eBay 描述**字段。您可以使用内部HTML的**描述模板**和**eBay 描述**。" +msgstr "该 **描述模板** 允许你为您的物品使用模板。默认的模板只使用产品的 **eBay 描述** 字段。您可以使用内部HTML的 **描述模板** 和 **eBay 描述** 。" #: ../../crm/ebay/manage.rst:22 msgid "Listing with variations" @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ msgstr "在Odoo设置令牌" msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "设置eBay集成，去到：菜单选项:销售-->配置-->设置" +msgstr "设置eBay集成，去到 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)`" #: ../../crm/ebay/setup.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ msgid "" "The first thing you need to do is to configure your **outgoing email " "servers** and **incoming email gateway** from the :menuselection:`Settings " "module --> General Settings`." -msgstr "你需要做的第一件事是配置你的**发送电子邮件服务器**和**接收电子邮件网关**：从菜单选项：`设置模块 - >常规设置`。" +msgstr "你需要做的第一件事是配置你的 **发送电子邮件服务器** 和 **接收电子邮件网关** ，从 :menuselection:`设置模块(Settings module) --> 常规设置(General Settings)`。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo CRM. Still from the Sales module, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and set up your catch-all email " "domain." -msgstr "此外，以您的销售团队的别名，你还可以创建一个通用的电子邮件别名(例如*@联系人*或*信息@ *)，也将产生Odoo CRM新的联系人。仍然在销售模块，去：菜单选项：`配置 - > 设置`并设置捕获所有电子邮件域。" +msgstr "此外，以您的销售团队的别名，你还可以创建一个通用的电子邮件别名(例如 *@联系人* 或 *信息@* )，也将产生Odoo CRM新的联系。仍然在销售模块，去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 并设置捕获所有电子邮件域。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ msgid "" "for a cold emailing or cold calling campaign, through a CSV file. You may be" " wondering if the best option is to import your contacts as leads or " "opportunities. It depends on your business specificities and workflow:" -msgstr "在Odoo CRM，您可以通过CSV文件导入潜在客户的数据库，例如陌生的电子邮件或陌生的电话拜访活动。你可能会想，如果最好的选择是导入你的联系作为线索或机会。这取决于你的业务特点和工作流程：" +msgstr "在Odoo CRM，您可以通过CSV文件导入潜在客户的数据库，例如陌生的电子邮件或陌生的电话拜访活动。你可能会想，如果最好的选择是导入你的联系情况作为线索或机会。这取决于你的业务特点和工作流程：" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -281,14 +281,14 @@ msgid "" "import your contacts as leads rather than opportunities, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads " "if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." -msgstr "默认情况下，线索阶段是不再Odoo里被激活的.如果你要导入你的联系情况做为线索而不是机会，如下所示去到：销售选项：配置-->设置，选择**使用线索如果...**并点击**应用**" +msgstr "默认情况下，线索阶段是不再Odoo里被激活的.如果你要导入你的联系做为线索而不是机会，如下所示去到：配置-->设置，选择**使用线索如果...**并点击**应用**" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:33 msgid "" "This activation will create a new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` " "from which you will be able to import your contacts from the **Import** " "button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click here `)" -msgstr "这种激活将创建一个新的子菜单：菜单选择：`销售 - > 线索`从中你将能够从**导入**按钮，导入联系人(如果你想手动创建一个线索，：doc：`点击这里<手册>`)" +msgstr "这种激活将创建一个新的子菜单：`销售 - > 线索`从中你将能够从**导入**按钮，导入联系人(如果你想手动创建一个线索，：doc：`点击这里<手册>`)" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:41 msgid "Import your CSV file" @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ msgid "" " its extension is **.csv** and don't forget to set up the correct File " "format options (**Encoding** and **Separator**) to match your local settings" " and display your columns properly." -msgstr "在新的子菜单：菜单选项：`销售 - > 线索`，点击**导入**并选择您的Excel文件，从**选择文件**按钮导入。确保它的扩展名是**.** CSV文件，不要忘记设置正确的文件格式选项(**编码**和**分离器**)，以配合您的本地设置和正确显示你的列。" +msgstr "在新的子菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 线索(Leads)`，点击 **导入** 并选择您的Excel文件，从 **选择文件** 按钮导入。确保它的扩展名是 **.csv** 文件，不要忘记设置正确的文件格式选项( **编码** 和 **分离器** )，以配合您的本地设置和正确显示你的列。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ msgid "" " sure to add the *Type* column to your csv. This column is used to indicate " "whether your import will be flagged as a Lead (type = Lead) or as an " "opportunity (type = Opportunity)." -msgstr "如果你要导入你的联系活动作为机会而不是线索，确信增加*类型*列到你的CSV.这列用来表明你的导入是作为一个线索(类型=线索)还是作为一个机会(类型=机会)。" +msgstr "如果你要导入你的联系作为机会而不是线索，确信增加*类型*列到你的CSV.这列用来表明你的导入是作为一个线索(类型=线索)还是作为一个机会(类型=机会)。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ msgid "" "For additional technical information on how to import contacts into Odoo " "CRM, read the **Frequently Asked Questions** section located below the " "Import tool on the same window." -msgstr "其他关于如何导入联系人情况到Odoo CRM的技术信息，可以阅读统一窗口中导入工具下的**常见问题**" +msgstr "其他关于如何导入联系情况到Odoo CRM的技术信息，可以阅读统一窗口中导入工具下的**常见问题**" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71 @@ -360,14 +360,14 @@ msgstr "如何在ODOO CRM中创建客户联系人?" msgid "" "Odoo CRM allows you to manually add contacts into your pipeline. It can be " "either a lead or an opportunity." -msgstr "Odoo CRM可让您手动添加联系情况到您的管道。它可以是线索或机会。" +msgstr "Odoo CRM可让您手动添加联系到您的管道。它可以是线索或机会。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:11 msgid "" "By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. To activate it, go " "to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option \"\"use " "leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." -msgstr "默认情况下，线索阶段在Odoo CRM. 里是不激活的. 要激活它的话，去：菜单选项：配置-->设置，如下所示选择选项**选择线索如果...**并点击**应用**。" +msgstr "默认情况下，线索阶段在Odoo CRM. 里是不激活的. 要激活它的话，去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)`，如下所示选择选项 **选择线索如果...** 并点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ msgid "" " the **Internal notes** field. You can also link the lead to an existing " "company by editing the**Customer** field. Click on save and the contact will" " be visible as a lead in your pipeline ." -msgstr "从联系界面，提供您所拥有的所有的细节(联系人姓名，电子邮件，电话，地址等)，以及在**内部票据**字段的一些附加信息。您也可以通过编辑**客户**链接到现有的公司。点击保存，联系情况将在您的管道中的线索中可见。" +msgstr "从联系人界面，提供您所拥有的所有的细节(联系人姓名，电子邮件，电话，地址等)，以及在**内部票据**字段的一些附加信息。您也可以通过编辑**客户**链接到现有的公司。点击保存，联系情况将在您的管道中的线索中可见。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ msgid "" "rather than opportunities, from the Sales module go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads " "if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." -msgstr "默认情况下，线索阶段在Odoo CRM 里是不激活的。而是，新的线索自动成成机会.你能轻松地激活增加线索步骤的选项.如果你要导入你的联系活动作为线索而不是机会,从销售模块的：菜单选项：配置-->设置，如下所示选择**使用线索如果...**的选项并点击**应用**" +msgstr "默认情况下，线索阶段在Odoo CRM 里是不激活的。而是，新的线索自动成成机会.你能轻松地激活增加线索步骤的选项.如果你要导入你的联系活动作为线索而不是机会,从销售模块的 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)`，如下所示选择 **使用线索如果...** 的选项并点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -521,25 +521,25 @@ msgid "" "CTAs. These snippets will create new contacts in your Email Marketing's " "mailing list. Learn more `here `__." -msgstr "" +msgstr "另外好的方法是从你的Odoo网站的通讯或通讯弹窗收集来访者的邮件地址来产生线索。这些摘要会在你的邮件营销的邮件列表上生成新的联系人。这里可以了解更多`__." #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:75 msgid "" "Start by installing the Website builder module. From the main dashboard, " "click on **Apps**, enter \"**Website**\" in the search bar and click on " "**Install**. You will be automatically redirected to the web interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从安装网站建设者模块开始。从主仪表盘，点击**应用**，在搜索栏中输入“**网站**”，并点击**安装**。您将被自动重定向到Web界面。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:84 msgid "" "A tutorial popup will appear on your screen if this is the first time you " "use Odoo Website. It will help you get started with the tool and you'll be " "able to use it in minutes. Therefore, we strongly recommend you to use it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "该教程将在屏幕上弹出窗口，如果这是你用Odoo网站上的第一次。这将帮助你开始使用的工具，你就可以在几分钟内使用它。因此，我们强烈建议您使用它。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:89 msgid "Create a lead by using the Contact Form module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用联系模块创建一个线索" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ msgid "" "us** page. To do so, you first need to install the Contact Form module. It " "will add a contact form in your **Contact us** page and automatically " "generate a lead from forms submissions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以毫不费力地通过联系表格生成线索在**联系我们**的页面上。要做到这一点，首先需要安装联系表格模块。它会在你的**联系我们**页面添加联系人的形式，并自动生成表格提交线索。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ msgid "" "left corner of your screen. Then, click on **Apps**, enter \"**Contact " "Form**\" in the search bar (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag " "otherwise you will not see the module appearing) and click on **Install**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要安装它，使用在屏幕的左上角方形图标回到后台。然后，点击**应用程序**，输入“**联系表**”，在搜索栏(不要忘记删除**应用程序**标记，否则你将看不到该模块)，然后单击* *安装**。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ msgid "" "your \"Contact us\" page. This form is linked to Odoo CRM, meaning that all " "data entered through the form will be captured by the CRM and will create a " "new lead." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦模块安装完，如下联系表单会集成到你的“联系我们”的页面。这个表单被链接到Odoo CRM,意味着所有通过这个表单输入的数据会被CRM捕获并生成一个新线索。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -573,11 +573,11 @@ msgid "" "other information is stored in the corresponding fields within the CRM. As a" " salesperson, you can add additional information, convert the lead into an " "opportunity or even directly mark it as Won or Lost." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过联系表单创建的所有线索都可以在销售模块中访问，通过点击：菜单选择：`销售 - > Leads`。线索的名字对应与联系表格上的“主题”字段，其他所有的信息都存储在CRM中的相应字段。作为销售人员，你可以添加更多的信息，率先转变成一个机会，甚至直接将其标记为赢或输。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:123 msgid "Create a lead using the Form builder module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用界面格式生成器建立一个线索" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ msgid "" "website with the Form Builder snippet. As for the Contact Form module, the " "Form Builder will automatically generate a lead after the visitor has " "completed the form and clicked on the button **Send**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以在您的网站上的任何目标网页上使用格式生成器创建完全可编辑的自定义表单。至于联系表格模块，访问者已完成表格并点击该按钮后，表单生成器会自动生成一个线索**发送**。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ msgid "" "will not see the modules appearing). Then, back on the website, go to your " "desired landing page and click on Edit to access the available snippets. The" " Form Builder snippet lays under the **Feature** section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从后端，转到设置和安装“**网站表单生成器**”模块(不要忘记删除**应用程序**标记，否则你将看不到模块)。然后，回到网站上，去你想要的目标网页，然后点击编辑访问可用片段。表单生成器片段位于**功能**部分。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -605,20 +605,20 @@ msgid "" " redirect your visitor after the form being submitted (if you don't add any " "URL, the message \"The form has been sent successfully\" will confirm the " "submission)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦你已经把你的表单放置在您希望的网页位置上，一个**表单参数**窗口会弹出。从**行动**下拉列表中，选择**创建一个线索**在Odoo CRM自动创建线索。在**谢谢**字段中，选择要重定向访问者提交表单后(你不添加任何URL，消息“表格已成功发送”网页的URL将确认提交)。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:151 msgid "" "You can then start creating your custom form. To add new fields, click on " "**Select container block** and then on the blue **Customize** button. 3 " "options will appear:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，您可以开始创建自定义窗体。要添加新的领域，请点击**选择容器块**，然后在蓝色**自定义**按钮。 3个选项就会出现：" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:158 msgid "" "**Change Form Parameters**: allows you to go back to the Form Parameters and" " change the configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**变更表参数**：让你回到表单参数和更改配置" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ msgid "" "CRM from a drop-down list. For example, if you select the Field *Country*, " "the value entered by the lead will appear under the *Country* field in the " "CRM - even if you change the name of the field on the form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**添加一个模型字段**：允许您从下拉列表中添加Odoo CRM现有的字段。例如，如果您选择的字段*国家*，在线索中输入的这个值就会出现在CRM*国家*字段里 - 即使你改变窗体上的字段的名称。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -634,15 +634,15 @@ msgid "" "default in Odoo CRM. The values entered will be added under \"Notes\" within" " the CRM. You can create any field type : checkbox, radio button, text, " "decimal number, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**添加自定义字段**：允许您添加默认情况下不会在Odoo CRM存在额外的字段。输入的值将添加在CRM中的“注意事项”中。您可以创建任意字段类型：复选框，单选按钮，文本，十进制数等。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:172 msgid "Any submitted form will create a lead in the backend." -msgstr "" +msgstr "任何提交的表单将在后台创建一个线索。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:175 msgid "From another CMS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从其他CMS系统" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -651,42 +651,42 @@ msgid "" "button of any form and replacing the hyperlink by a mailto corresponding to " "your email alias (learn how to create your sales alias :doc:`here " "`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您使用Odoo CRM但不是Odoo网站，您依然可以用电子邮件网关自动化您的在线销售过程，通过编辑表单上“提交”按钮，更换超级链接，用一个mailto到你的相关的邮件别名(了解如何创建销售别名：DOC：'<电子邮件>`)。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:183 msgid "" "For example if the alias of your company is **salesEMEA@mycompany.com**, add" " ``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` into the regular hyperlink code (CTRL+K)" " to generate a lead into the related sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，如果你的公司的别名是**salesEMEA@mycompany.com**，加``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com``到常规超链接的代码(CTRL + K)来生成一个线索到相关销售团队Odoo CRM。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理线索" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:3 msgid "Automate lead assignation to specific sales teams or salespeople" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自动分配线索给特定的销售团队或销售员" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business workflow and needs, you may need to dispatch your" " incoming leads to different sales team or even to specific salespeople. " "Here are a few example:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据您的业务流程和需求，您可能需要分派您的进来的线索到不同的销售团队，甚至具体的销售人员。这里有几个例子：" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:9 msgid "" "Your company has several offices based on different geographical regions. " "You will want to assign leads based on the region;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的公司有位于不同地区的办公室。你需要基于地区分配线索。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:12 msgid "" "One of your sales teams is dedicated to treat opportunities from large " "companies while another one is specialized for SMEs. You will want to assign" " leads based on the company size;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "您的一个销售团队，致力于大型企业到的机会而另一个是专门为中小型企业。您将要根据公司的大小分配线索;" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ msgid "" " while the rest of the team speaks English only. Therefore you will want to " "assign to that person all the leads from non-native English-speaking " "countries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您的一个销售代表的是讲外语，而团队的其他成员只能讲母语。因此，你会想分配给那个人所有来自非母语国家的线索。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -705,24 +705,24 @@ msgid "" "interests, company size, etc. With specific workflows and precise rules, you" " will be able to distribute all your opportunities automatically to the " "right sales teams and/or salesman." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以想像，手动分配新的线索给特定个人可能是乏味且耗时的 - 尤其是如果你的公司每天产生引线的高容量。幸运的是，Odoo CRM可以让你根据特定要求自动分配线索，比如地点，兴趣，公司规模等，在具体工作流程和精确的规则的过程中，您将能够自动重新分配所有的机会给正确的销售团队和/或推销员。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:32 msgid "" "If you have just started with Odoo CRM and haven't set up your sales team " "nor registered your salespeople, :doc:`read this documentation first " "<../../overview/started/setup>`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你刚刚开始Odoo CRM而且没有设置您的销售团队，也没有注册您的销售人员，：DOC：`先阅读本文档<../../概述/开始/设置>`。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:36 msgid "" "You have to install the module **Lead Scoring**. Go to :menuselection:`Apps`" " and install it if it's not the case already." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你必须安装模块**线索评分**。转到：菜单选择：`Apps`，如果不是这种情况已经安装。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:40 msgid "Define rules for a sales team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为一个销售团队定义一个规则" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ msgid "" " of the desired sales team, then on **Settings**. If you don't have any " "sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first " "<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从销售模块，进入你的仪表板和在期望的销售团队上点击**更多**按钮，然后在**设定**。如果你没有任何的销售团队呢，：DOC：'你需要先创建一个<../../销售团队/设置/制作团队>`。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -741,13 +741,13 @@ msgid "" "`Syntax reference guide " "`__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在您的销售团队菜单，**域**字段使用特定的域规则(关于域的技术细节，参考构建模块教程`__或`语法参考指南`__)，将只允许线索匹配团队域。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:56 msgid "" "For example, if you want your *Direct Sales* team to only receive leads " "coming from United States and Canada, your domain will be as following :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，如果你希望你的*直接销售团队*只接收从美国和加拿大来的线索，你的域将如下：" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:59 msgid "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``" @@ -760,11 +760,11 @@ msgid "" "under 100 to be assigned to a sales team trained for lighter projects and " "the leads over 100 to a more experienced sales team. Read more on :doc:`how " "to score leads here `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您还可以基于您的线索评分进行自动分配。例如，我们可以想像，你希望所有100下得分的线索分配给普通的销售团队和超过100导致了更有经验的销售团队。了解更多关于：DOC：'这里怎么得分线索<线索得分>`。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:72 msgid "Define rules for a salesperson" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为销售员定义规则" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -773,21 +773,21 @@ msgid "" "Toni Buchanan from the *Direct Sales* team to receive only leads coming from" " Canada, I can create a rule that will automatically assign him leads from " "that country." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以一步完成你的分配规则，决定一个销售团队内部线索分配给特定的销售人员。例如，如果我希望托尼·布坎南从*直接销售*只接受来自加拿大的线索，我可以创建一个规则将自动分配他从该国来的线索的规则。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:80 msgid "" "Still from the sales team menu (see here above), click on the salesperson of" " your choice under the assignment submenu. Then, enter your rule in the " "*Domain* field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "依然从销售团队菜单(见本文上面)，分配子菜单下点击您所选择的销售人员。然后，在*域*字段中输入您的规则。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:89 msgid "" "In Odoo, a lead is always assigned to a sales team before to be assigned to " "a salesperson. Therefore, you need to make sure that the assignment rule of " "your salesperson is a child of the assignment rule of the sales team." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo，线索总是先被分配到一个销售团队再分配给销售人员。因此，你需要确保你的销售人员的分配规则是销售团队的分配规则的子类。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:95 #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:67 @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:3 msgid "How to do efficient Lead Scoring?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何进行有效的线索评分？" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ msgid "" "“ready for sales”. Therefore, the best leads are automatically assigned to " "your salespeople so their pipe are not polluted with poor-quality " "opportunities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo线索评分模块允许你基于特定标准的为您的线索评分 - 值越高，就越有“准备销售”的前景。因此，所以机会最好的导线会自动分配给您的销售人员而不被低质量的机会污染。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -813,25 +813,25 @@ msgid "" "strategy. By helping your sales representative determine which leads to " "engage with in order of priority, you will increase their overall conversion" " rate and your sales team's efficiency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "线索的评分分是一个有效的线索管理战略的重要组成部分。通过帮助您的销售代表按优先级排序行事，你会增加他们的总体转化率和你的销售团队的效率。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:22 msgid "Install the Lead Scoring module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装**线索评分**模块" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:24 msgid "Start by installing the **Lead Scoring** module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始安装**线索评分**模块" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:26 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you should see a new menu " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Leads Management --> Scoring Rules`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦模块安装后，你可以看到一条行的菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 线索管理(Leads Management) --> 评分规则(Scoring Rules)`" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:33 msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "生成评分规则" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -840,13 +840,13 @@ msgid "" "(country or origin, pages visited, type of industry, role, etc.). To do so " "you'll first need to create rules that will assign a score to a given " "criteria." -msgstr "" +msgstr "信息评分允许你基于您设置的人口统计或行为准则，分配正分或负分给你的潜在客户(国家或地区，访问的页面，行业，角色，类型等)。要做到这一点，你需要先创建将分数分配给一个给定的标准规则。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:43 msgid "" "In order to assign the right score to your various rules, you can use these " "two methods:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了正确分配分数您的各种规则，可以使用这两种方法：" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -854,25 +854,25 @@ msgid "" "interest your company. For example, if you run a local business in " "California, a prospect coming from San Francisco should have a higher score " "than a prospect coming from New York." -msgstr "" +msgstr "建立一份可能对你公司感兴趣的理想客户的清单。例如，如果你在加州做当地业务，从旧金山来的潜在业务应该有一个更高的分数比来自纽约的。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:49 msgid "" "Dig into your data to uncover characteristics shared by your closed " "opportunities and most important clients." -msgstr "" +msgstr "挖掘你的数据来揭示你最可有可能的机会和最重要的客户的共性。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:52 msgid "" "Please note that this is not an exact science, so you'll need time and " "feedback from your sales teams to adapt and fine tune your rules until " "getting the desired result." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意，这不是一个精确的科学，所以你需要一段时间和来自你的销售团队的反馈来适应和微调您的规则，直到获得期望的结果。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:56 msgid "" "In the **Scoring Rules** menu, click on **Create** to write your first rule." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**评分规则**菜单，点击**创建**写你的第一个规则。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -881,43 +881,43 @@ msgid "" "more information). For example, if you want to assign 8 points to all the " "leads coming from **Belgium**, you'll need to give ``8`` as a **value** and " "``[['country\\_id',=,'Belgium']]`` as a domain." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先命名您的规则，然后输入一个值和一个域(请参`官方Python文档的`__了解更多信息)。例如，如果要分配8分给从**比利时**来的所有引线，你需要给``8``为**值**和``[['国家\\_id' ，=，'比利时']]``作为一个域。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:68 msgid "Here are some criteria you can use to build a scoring rule :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "下面是一些标准你可以用来建立一个评分规则：" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:70 msgid "country of origin : ``'country_id'``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "原产地 : ``'country_id'``" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:72 msgid "stage in the sales cycle : ``'stage_id'``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售周期的阶段：``'stage_id'``" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:74 msgid "" "email address (e.g. if you want to score the professional email addresses) :" " ``'email_from'``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子邮件地址(例如，如果你想给专业电子邮件地址评分)：``'email_from'``" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:76 msgid "page visited : ``'score_pageview_ids.url'``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "页面访问：``'score_pageview_ids.url'``" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:78 msgid "name of a marketing campaign : ``'campaign_id'``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "营销活动名称：``'campaign_id'``" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:80 msgid "" "After having activated your rules, Odoo will give a value to all your new " "incoming leads. This value can be found directly on your lead's form view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "激活了您的规则后，Odoo会对所有新进入的线索给出一个值。这个值可以直接在你的潜在客户表单视图中找到。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:88 msgid "Assign high scoring leads to your sales teams" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分配高得分线索给您的销售团队" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ msgid "" " **sales dashboard** and click on the **More** button of your desired sales " "team, then on **Settings**. Enter your value under the **Minimum score** " "field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在下一步是自动将您的最佳线索转化为机遇。为了做到这一点，你需要决定什么是最低分数线索应该被移交给一个指定的销售团队。去你**的销售仪表板**，然后点击**更多**您期望的销售队伍的按钮，然后在**设定**。 在**最低分数**字段输入你的值。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -935,14 +935,14 @@ msgid "" "opportunities with a minimum score of ``50``. The prospects with a lower " "score can either stay in the lead stage or be assigned to another sales team" " which has set up a different minimum score." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从上面的例子中，**直销**队只会收到不低于``50``的机会。分数较低的前景可以保持在线索阶段或分配给其他已设置了不同的最低分数的销售团队。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:106 msgid "" "Organize a meeting between your **Marketing** and **Sales** teams in order " "to align your objectives and agree on what minimum score makes a sales-ready" " lead." -msgstr "" +msgstr "组织你的**营销**和**销售之**团队之间的会议，对于什么样的最低得分可以使得线索作为销售准备取得一致。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`automatic_assignation`" @@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ msgid "" "salesperson and an excellent salesperson? The key is to be productive and " "organized to do the job. That's where Odoo comes in. Thanks to a well " "structured organization you'll change a good team into an exceptional team." -msgstr "" +msgstr "嗨，我的名字叫尼古拉，我是纺织行业的业务经理。我是配件零售商。你知道一个好的销售人员和优秀的销售人员的区别吗？关键是要富有成效的和有组织来完成这项工作。这就是Odoo用武之地。由于一个良好的组织结构，你会改变一个团队使之成为一个出色的团队。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ msgid "" "also the activity of the next 7 days and the performance of the last month. " "I see that I overachieved last month when compared to my invoicing target of" " $200,000. I have a structured approach of my performance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "随着Odoo CRM，这份工作对于我和我的整个团队变得容易的多。当我登录到Odoo CRM，我对于我进行中的表现有一个直接的大概了解。对于未来7天的活动，及在上个月的表现。对比发票，我看到上个月我超额完成了我的$200,000的目标。我的绩效有结构化的方法呈现。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -991,13 +991,13 @@ msgid "" "closing any deal we have to go through different stages. We usually have a " "first contact to qualify the opportunity, then move into offer & negotiation" " stage, and closing by a 'won'..Well, that's if all goes well." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果我想更深入地了解细节，我点击下一步行动，我可以看到，今天我已经计划与Think Big Systems 通电话。我通常会去我的销售管道做我每天的回顾。这个过程对于团队中每个人是一样的。我们的工作是找到分销商，在任何交易结束之前我们必须经历不同阶段。我们通常首先联系客户来验证机会，然后由“获得”进入报价和协商阶段，最终以‘赢得’结束..嗯，这是如果一切顺利。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:38 msgid "" "The user interface is really smooth, I can drag and drop any business " "opportunity from one stage to another in just a few clicks." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用户界面很平顺，我可以拖放任何业务机会从一个阶段到另一个阶段只需点击几下。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1017,14 +1017,14 @@ msgid "" "Browsing from one screen to the other is really simple and adapting to the " "view too! I can see my opportunitities as a to-do list of next activities " "for example." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，对一个有趣的接触可以走得更远点：有一家百货公司。我通过改变颜色高亮显示他们的文件。对于每个联系人，我有我可以访问有关联系人的所有必要的信息的表单视图。我在这里看到我的机会，梅西有$ 50,000的估计收入和10％的成功率。我需要有关此次合作进行讨论，所以我安排直接的会议：梅西的合作伙伴会议。这可以很轻松地和任何联系人创建一个新的会议。我也可以从机会界面直接发送电子邮件，回复也会在系统中弹出显示。现在，让我们假设，这次会议发生了，所以我可以将其标记为已完成。系统自动显示下一个活动。其实，我们配置Odoo进行了一组处理每一个机会的典型活动，一个很棒的彻底跟进。下一个活动将是一个后续的电子邮件。从一个屏幕到另一个的浏览也是是非常简单和友好的！我可以看到我机会作为下一个活动在待办事项列表中。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62 msgid "" "With Odoo CRM I have a sales management tool that is really efficient and me" " and my team can be well organized. I have a clear overview of my sales " "pipeline, meetings, revenues, and more." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用Odoo CRM，我有一个真正有效销售管理工具，我和我的团队能够很好地被组织起来。我对我销售渠道，会议，收入等一目了然。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ msgid "" "existing customers, I can as well quickly discover the activity around them " "for any Odoo module I use, and continue to discuss about them. It's that " "simple." -msgstr "" +msgstr "回到我的销售管道。梅西的业务成功取得到了资格，这意味着我可以将他们的文件移动到下一步，我会调整预期的收入。一旦，我已经完成资格审查程序，我将基于从我的接触得到的反馈创建一个新的报价。对于我的老客户，我也能通过使用Odoo模块的活动，快速发现和他们的活动，并继续和他们进行讨论。就这么简单。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -1049,97 +1049,97 @@ msgid "" "reporting of every activity based on predefined metrics or favorites. I can " "search for other filters too and adapt the view. If I want to go in the " "details, I choose the list view and can click on any item" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们已经看到了作为业务经理或销售人员,我如何管理我的日常工作。最后，我希望有我的客户关系和预期收入的具体情况。如果我去到Odoo CRM的报告，我可以确切地知道在过去几个月里线索的演变，或者看看潜在的收入和不同团队在从线索到机会转换方面的表现。因此，所以用Odoo我可以根据预定指标或收藏的每一次活动得到一个明确的报告。我可以搜索其它过滤器及相关的视图。如果我想查找细节，我选择列表视图，并可以点击项目" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:90 msgid "" "Odoo CRM is not only a powerful tool to achieve our sales goals with " "structured activities, performance dashboard, next acitivities and more, but" " also allows me to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo CRM不仅是一个通过强大结构化的活动，性能仪表板，下一个活动等来实现与结构化我们的销售目标的强大工具，同时也可以让我：" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:94 msgid "" "Use leads to get in the system unqualified but targeted contacts I may have " "gathered in a conference or through a contact form on my website. Those " "leads can then be converted into opportunities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用那些从会议或通过网站收集得到的有目标的，但没有进行资格审核的线索，这些线索可以被转化为机遇。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:99 msgid "" "Manage phone calls from Odoo CRM by using the VoIP app. Call customers, " "manage a call queue, log calls, schedule calls and next actions to perform." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过Odoo CRM VoIP 功能来管理电话。比如：呼叫客户，管理呼叫队列，通话记录，日程安排电话和进行下一步行动。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:103 msgid "" "Integrate with Odoo Sales to create beautiful online or PDF quotations and " "turn them into sales orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "与Odoo销售集成，创建漂亮的网络报价或是PDF报价，使他们成为销售订单。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:106 msgid "" "Use email marketing for marketing campaigns to my customers and prospects." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用电子邮件营销对我的客户和潜在客户进行营销活动。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:109 msgid "" "Manage my business seamlessly, even on the go. Indeed, Odoo offers a mobile " "app that lets every business organize key sales activities from leads to " "quotes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "无缝连接得管理我的业务，即使在旅途中。事实上，Odoo提供了一个手机应用程序，让每一笔生意可以组织从线索到报价的销售活动。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:113 msgid "" "Odoo CRM is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. I firstly used the sales " "planner to clearly state my objectives and set up our CRM. It will help you " "getting started quickly too." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo CRM是一个功能强大，易于使用的应用程序。我首先使用销售计划来清楚地说明我的目标，并建立我们的CRM。这将帮助你快速入门了。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 msgid "Odoo CRM Terminologies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo CRM名词术语" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:10 msgid "**CRM (Customer relationship management)**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** CRM(客户关系管理)**：" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 msgid "" "System for managing a company's interactions with current and future " "customers. It often involves using technology to organize, automate, and " "synchronize sales, marketing, customer service, and technical support." -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理当前和未来客户公司的互动的系统。它往往涉及到使用技术来组织，自动化，并同步销售，营销，客户服务和技术支持。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14 msgid "**Sales cycle** :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**销售周期**：" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13 msgid "" "Sequence of phases used by a company to convert a prospect into a customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "公司通过使用阶段顺序把潜在客户转换成客户。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:20 msgid "**Pipeline :**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**管道：**" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17 msgid "" "Visual representation of your sales process, from the first contact to the " "final sale. It refers to the process by which you generate, qualify and " "close leads through your sales cycle." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的销售过程，从第一次接触到最终成交的可视化呈现。它是指通过你的销售周期：生成，资格审核，结束线索的过程。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:24 msgid "**Sales stage** :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**销售阶段**：" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo CRM, a stage defines where an opportunity is in your sales cycle and" " its probability to close a sale." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo CRM，一个阶段定义了一个机会在销售周期及其概率在完成销售过程中的位置。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29 msgid "**Lead :**" @@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ msgstr "**线索 :**" msgid "" "Someone who becomes aware of your company or someone who you decide to " "pursue for a sale, even if they don't know about your company yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有人觉察您的公司或你决定追求销售，即使他们还不了解你的公司。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34 msgid "**Opportunity :**" @@ -1160,43 +1160,43 @@ msgid "" "A lead that has shown an interest in knowing more about your " "products/services and therefore has been handed over to a sales " "representative" -msgstr "" +msgstr "线索表示出更多地了解你的产品/服务的兴趣，因此销售线索被移交给销售代表" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39 msgid "**Customer :**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**客户：**" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:37 msgid "" "In Odoo CRM, a customer refers to any contact within your database, whether " "it is a lead, an opportunity, a client or a company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo CRM，客户适用于数据库内的任何接触，无论是线索，机会，客户或公司。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:45 msgid "**Key Performance Indicator (KPI)** :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**关键绩效指标(KPI)**：" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:42 msgid "" "A KPI is a measurable value that demonstrates how effectively a company is " "achieving key business objectives. Organizations use KPIs to evaluate their " "success at reaching targets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "关键绩效指标是体现出一个公司是如何有效地实现关键业务目标的可衡量的值。公司使用KPI来评估达到目标的绩效。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:51 msgid "**Lead scoring** :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**线索得分**：" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:48 msgid "" "System assigning a positive or negative score to prospects according to " "their web activity and personal informations in order to determine whether " "they are \"ready for sales\" or not." -msgstr "" +msgstr "系统会根据他们的网络活动和个人信息对潜在客户分配正分或负分，以确定他们是否“准备销售”。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:62 msgid "**Kanban view :**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**看板观点：**" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -1207,58 +1207,58 @@ msgid "" "views-form>`__ and displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped " "in columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or " "work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中，看板视图是一个工作流程可视化得工具介于'列表视图’`— 和不可编辑的‘表单视图’`__ 像\"卡片\"一样显示记录。记录被组合在列中用以在工作流程的可视化和操纵使用(如任务或工作进度管理)，或取消组合(只是用来显示记录)" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66 msgid "**List view :**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**列表视图 ：**" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65 msgid "" "View allowing you to see your objects (contacts, companies, tasks, etc.) " "listed in a table." -msgstr "" +msgstr "视图让你看到你的对象(联系人，公司，任务等)在表中列出。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:71 msgid "**Lead generation:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**线索生成：**" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69 msgid "" "Process by which a company collects relevant datas about potential customers" " in order to enable a relationship and to push them further down the sales " "cycle." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过公司收集潜在客户的相关数据，建立关系并进一步推动销售周期。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:76 msgid "**Campaign:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**营销:**" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74 msgid "" "Coordinated set of actions sent via various channels to a target audience " "and whose goal is to generate leads. In Odoo CRM, you can link a lead to the" " campaign which he comes from in order to measure its efficiency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过不同的渠道协调发送一系列动作给目标受众来建立线索。在Odoo CRM，您可以在链接一个线索到营销活动来衡量它的效率。" #: ../../crm/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "过程检视" +msgstr "过程概述" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:3 msgid "Generating leads with Odoo CRM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用Odoo CRM 生成线索" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:6 msgid "What is lead generation?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "什么是线索生成" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:8 msgid "" "Lead generation is the process by which a company acquires leads and " "collects relevant datas about potential customers in order to enable a " "relationship and to turn them into customers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "线索生成是由一个公司获得线索和收集有关潜在客户相关数据并建立关系转化成客户的过程。" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1266,11 +1266,11 @@ msgid "" "about your products and services becomes a lead for your company. Typically," " a Customer Relationship Management tool such as Odoo CRM is used to " "centralize, track and manage leads." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，一个网站的访问者填写了联系表单来了解更多你的产品和服务从而变成了你的公司一个线索。典型的比如Odoo 这样一个客户关系管理系统被用来集中，追踪，管理线索。" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:18 msgid "Why is lead generation important for my business?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为什么线索生成器对于我的业务很重要。" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1279,11 +1279,11 @@ msgid "" "generation process is like the fuel that will allow your company to deliver " "great performances - leads bring meetings, meetings bring sales, sales bring" " revenue and more work." -msgstr "" +msgstr "生成高品质的潜在的稳定客户流是营销团队的最重要的职责之一。事实上，一个管理良好的线索生成过程就像是燃料，这将使你的公司提供出色的成就 - 线索带来的会议，会议带来销量，销售收入带来更多的工作。" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:27 msgid "How to generate leads with Odoo CRM?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何生成Odoo CRM线索？" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -1294,11 +1294,11 @@ msgid "" " release you of these worries and will help you to better automate your lead" " generation process, share information with your teams and analyze your " "sales processes easily." -msgstr "" +msgstr "信息可以通过多种来源捕获 - 营销活动，展览展销，外部数据库等。最常见的挑战是成功地收集所有数据，并跟踪任何线索的活动。把线索集中存储在一个地方，如Odoo CRM将解放你的这些忧虑，并会帮助你更好地自动化您的线索生成过程，与你的团队共享信息，并轻松地分析你的销售过程中的线索信息。" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:37 msgid "Odoo CRM provides you with several methods to generate leads:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo CRM提供了几种方法来生成线索：" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`" @@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`" msgid "" "An inquiry email sent to one of your company's generic email addresses can " "automatically generate a lead or an opportunity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发送到您的公司的通用电子邮箱的查询邮件可以自动生成线索或机会。" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`" @@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ msgid "" "You may want to follow up with a prospective customer met briefly at an " "exhibition who gave you his business card. You can manually create a new " "lead and enter all the needed information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可能要跟进一个在展览见过一面并给了你他的名片的潜在客户。您可以手动创建一个新的线索和输入所有需要的信息。" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:50 msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`" @@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`" msgid "" "A website visitor who fills in a form automatically generates a lead or an " "opportunity in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "网站访问者填写表单自动在Odoo CRM 里生成线索或机会。" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:55 msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`" @@ -1339,22 +1339,22 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`" msgid "" "You can provide your salespeople lists of prospects - for example for a cold" " emailing or a cold calling campaign - by importing them from any CSV file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以提供潜在机会清单给您的销售人员- 例如陌生的电子邮件或电话推销活动 - 从CSV文件导入它们。" #: ../../crm/overview/started.rst:3 msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup your teams, sales process and objectives?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何建立你的团队，销售过程和目标" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" "This quick step-by-step guide will lead you through Odoo CRM and help you " "handle your sales funnel easily and constantly manage your sales funnel from" " lead to customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种快速的一步一步的指南将引导您完成Odoo CRM，帮助您轻松处理您的销售渠道，时刻从线索到客户管理您的销售渠道。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1362,18 +1362,18 @@ msgid "" "`__, select the CRM icon as first app to install," " fill in the form and click on *Create now*. You will automatically be " "directed to the module when the database is ready." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从`www.odoo.com/start `__生成你的数据库，选择CRM 作为第一个app安装，填写表单，点击”马上创建“。你会自动直接到这个模块当数据库准备好后。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:22 msgid "" "You will notice that the installation of the CRM module has created the " "submodules Chat, Calendar and Contacts. They are mandatory so that every " "feature of the app is running smoothly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你会发现，客户关系管理模块的安装创造了子模块即时通讯，日历和联系人。为了使应用程序的每一个功能平稳运行，他们是强制安装的。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:27 msgid "Introduction to the Sales Planner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售计划的介绍。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -1384,33 +1384,33 @@ msgid "" "personal and intended as a personal guide and mentor into your work. As it " "does not interact with the backend, you are free to adapt any detail " "whenever you feel it is needed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售计划是一个有用的一步一步的指导，帮您实现您的销售渠道，并方便的确定自己的销售目标。我们强烈建议您首次使用Odoo CRM时遵循要求按指南的每一步走。您的输入定制是完全个人的，并准备引导你的工作。因为它不与后端交互，你可以自由适应任何你觉得需要的细节。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:37 msgid "" "You can reach the Sales Planner from anywhere within the CRM module by " "clicking on the progress bar located on the upper-right side of your screen." " It will show you how far you are in the use of the Sales Planner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以从CRM模块内的任何地方通过点击位于右上侧屏幕进度条使用销售计划。它会告诉你，你离你的销售计划有多远。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:46 msgid "Set up your first sales team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "建立你的第一个销售团队" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:49 msgid "Create a new team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "生成一个新的团队" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:51 msgid "" "A Direct Sales team is created by default on your instance. You can either " "use it or create a new one. Refer to the page " ":doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` for more information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一个直接销售团队在一开始时就默认被建立了。你可以使用它或建一个新的。参照：:doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` for more information." #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:56 msgid "Assign salespeople to your sales team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分配销售人员到你的销售团队" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -1420,7 +1420,7 @@ msgid "" "products and John is selling maintenance contracts, they will be assigned to" " different teams and will only receive opportunities that make sense to " "them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你的销售团队被建好后，下一步是链接你的销售人员到你的团队，以便他们能够处理他们应该收到的机会。比如，在你的公司里，Tim卖产品，John 卖维护合同，他们会被分配到不同的团队并且只收到对他们有意义的机会。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -1428,19 +1428,19 @@ msgid "" "a sales team. From the **Dashboard**, click on the button **More** of your " "selected sales team, then on **Settings**. Then, under the **Assignation** " "section, click on **Create** to add a new salesperson to the team." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo CRM 里，你能快速生成一个新用户并直接分配给一个销售团队.从**仪表盘**，点击你选择的销售团队的**更多**，然后点击**设置**。在**分配**中，点击**生成**来增加一个新的销售给这个团队。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "From the **Create: salesman** pop up window (see screenshot below), you can " "assign someone on your team:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从**生成：销售员**跳出窗口(如下截屏)，你可以分配某人到你的团队。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:74 msgid "" "Either your salesperson already exists in the system and you will just need " "to click on it from the drop-down list and it will be assigned to the team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "或者你的销售人员已经存在于系统中，你只需在下拉框中点击它，他会被分配到团队中。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -1451,11 +1451,11 @@ msgid "" "The new user will receive an invite email to set his password and log into " "the system. Refer to :doc:`../../salesteam/manage/create_salesperson` for " "more information about that process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "或者你还想分配一个不在系统中的新的销售人员 - 可以从销售团队中快速建立一个新的用户。只需输入你的新销售人员的名称，然后单击创建(见下文)，以创建一个新用户进入系统，然后直接将其分配给你的团队。新用户将收到一封电子邮件邀请来设置自己的密码，登录到系统中。参见：DOC：`../../销售团队/经理/有关该过程的详细信息，创建salesperson`" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:90 msgid "Set up your pipeline" -msgstr "" +msgstr "建立你的销售管道" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@ msgid "" " will generate, qualify and close opportunities through your sales cycle. " "Refer to the document :doc:`../../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` to " "define the stages of your pipeline." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在已经创建了您的销售团队并把您的销售人员都链接到它，你将需要设置您的管道 -通过你的销售周期创建你的团队生成，资格及关闭机会的过程。请参阅文档：DOC：`../../销售团队/设置/组织_管道`来定义管道的阶段。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:99 msgid "Set up incoming email to generate opportunities" @@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ msgid "" "email address of your Direct team is `direct@mycompany.example.com " "`__\\, every email sent will " "automatically create a new opportunity into the sales team." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo CRM，一种在您的销售团队中创建机会的方法是创建一个通用的电子邮件地址作为触发。例如，如果你的团队直接的个人电子邮件地址`direct@mycompany.example.com `__\\，每封电子邮件会自动创建一个新的机会进入销售团队。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:108 msgid "Refer to the page :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` to set it up." @@ -1485,20 +1485,20 @@ msgstr "参照: :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` 进行配置." #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:111 msgid "Automate lead assignation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "线索自动分配" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:113 msgid "" "If your company generates a high volume of leads every day, it could be " "useful to automate the assignation so the system will distribute all your " "opportunities automatically to the right department." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您的公司每天产生大量的线索，自动化分配将是非常有用的，这样系统会自动分配所有的机会到正确的部门。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:117 msgid "" "Refer to the document :doc:`../../leads/manage/automatic_assignation` for " "more information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请参阅文档：DOC：`../../引线/管理/自动分配`了解更多信息。" #: ../../crm/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" @@ -1507,7 +1507,7 @@ msgstr "报表" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:3 msgid "" "How to analyze the sales performance of your team and get customize reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何分析你的团队的销售业绩，并获得定制的报告" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1519,18 +1519,18 @@ msgid "" "and forecasts for key metrics such as the number of opportunities and their " "expected revenue over time , the close rate by team or the length of sales " "cycle for a given product or service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "作为管理者，你需要不断的监测团队的表现，以帮助您为公司得到准确的相关决策。因此，** Odoo销售**的**报告**部分是一个非常重要的工具，可以帮助你得到更好地了解您的企业的优势，劣势和机会，并向您展示趋势和预测的关键指标，如机遇数量和他们的预期收入，团队的成交率或者对于一个产品或服务销售周期。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:14 msgid "" "Beyond these obvious tracking sales funnel metrics, there are some other " "KPIs that can be very valuable to your company when it comes to judging " "sales funnel success." -msgstr "" +msgstr "除了这些显而易见的跟踪销售漏斗的指标，还有一些其他的关键绩效指标，当用来判断销售漏斗是否成功时对您的公司是非常有价值的。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:19 msgid "Review pipelines" -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查销售管道" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -1543,39 +1543,39 @@ msgid "" "periodically review the sales pipeline with the relevant sales teams. Simply" " by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual" " sales performance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以从**销售**模块中获得您的销售渠道业绩，通过点击：菜单选择：`销售 - >报告 - >管道分析`。默认情况下，报告组合了所有的机会，通过阶段(了解更多关于如何创建和自定义阶段阅读：DOC：'../销售团队/设置/组织_管道)和当月的预期收入。这份报告对**销售经理**定期审查销售渠道与相关销售团队是很完善的。通过访问这个基本的报告，你可以得到的实际销售业绩的快速概述。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:30 msgid "" "You can add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the " "**measures** icon, such as :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以通过点击**计量**图标，添加很多额外的数据到您的报告：" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:33 msgid "Expected revenue." -msgstr "" +msgstr "预期收入" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:35 msgid "overpassed deadline." -msgstr "" +msgstr "超过截止日期" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:37 msgid "" "Delay to assign (the average time between lead creation and lead " "assignment)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "延迟分配(创建线索和线索分配之间的平均时间)。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:40 msgid "Delay to close (average time between lead assignment and close)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "延迟关闭(线索分配和关闭之间的平均时间)" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:42 msgid "the number of interactions per opportunity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个机会相互作用的次数。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:44 msgid "etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "等等" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -1584,7 +1584,7 @@ msgid "" "example, if I want to see the expected revenues of my **Direct Sales** team," " I need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis then on **Sales " "Team**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过点击**+**和** - **图标，可以向上和向下追溯您的报告，以改变显示信息的方式。例如，如果我想看到我的**直接销售**团队的预期收入，我需要点击**+**图标在垂直轴上加上**销售团队**。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@ msgid "" "report in just a click thanks to 3 graph views : **Pie Chart**, **Bar " "Chart** and **Line Chart**. These views are accessible through the icons " "highlighted on the screenshot below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据你想突出的数据，你可能需要在一个更直观的视图来显示您的报告。 Odoo**CRM** 可以让你通过简单的点击来改变你的报告为3种图形视图：**饼图**，**条形图**和**线图**。这些视图可以通过下面的截图中显示的高亮图标进行访问。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:65 msgid "Customize reports" @@ -1611,24 +1611,24 @@ msgid "" " readability of your reports according to your needs. Note that you can " "filter and group by any existing field from your CRM, making your " "customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以根据您要访问的**KPI**轻松地自定义您的分析报告(见：'../概述/主要概念/ terminologies`：DOC)。要做到这一点，使用**高级搜索视图**位于屏幕的右侧，通过点击搜索栏结尾处的放大镜图标按钮。此功能可以在你的报告上突出选定的数据。该**过滤**选项，显示某些类别的机遇时非常有用，同时通过**分组**选项提高您需要的报表的可读性。请注意，您可以通过任何现有的CRM字段进行过滤和分组，使您的自定义非常灵活和强大。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:82 msgid "" "You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " "from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " "saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以保存并再次使用定制的过滤，从**高级搜索视图**中点击**收藏**，然后**保存当前的搜索**。保存的过滤器将从**收藏**菜单访问。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:87 msgid "" "Here are a few examples of customized reports that you can use to monitor " "your sales' performances :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这里是一些定制报告的例子，你可以用来监控你的销售业绩。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:91 msgid "Evaluate the current pipeline of each of your salespeople" -msgstr "" +msgstr "衡量你的每个销售员的现在的销售管道" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -1639,18 +1639,18 @@ msgid "" "**graph view** icon to display a visual representation of your salespeople " "by stage. This custom report allows you to easily overview the sales " "activities of your salespeople." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从您的管道分析报告，首先要确保的**预期收益**选项是从**计量**下拉列表下选择。然后，使用**+**和** - **图标，并添加**销售员**和**阶段**做为你的垂直轴，并筛选所需的销售人员。然后在**图形视图中**单击图标通过阶段来显示你的销售人员的可视化表示。这种定制的报告可以让您轻松一览你的销售人员的销售活动。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:105 msgid "Forecast monthly revenue by sales team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按销售组预计月度收入" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:107 msgid "" "In order to predict monthly revenue and to estimate the short-term " "performances of your teams, you need to play with two important metrics : " "the **expected revenue** and the **expected closing**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了预计月度收入和衡量你的团队的短期业绩。你需要使用两个重要的指标：**预期收入**和**预期结束**。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -1659,14 +1659,14 @@ msgid "" "click on the **+** icon from the vertical axis and select **Sales team**. " "Then, on the horizontal axis, click on the **+** icon and select **Expected " "closing.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从您的管道分析报告，首先要确保的**预期收益**选项是从**计量**下拉列表下选择。然后，使用**+**和** - **图标，并添加**销售员**和**阶段**做为你的垂直轴，并选择所需的销售组。然后在横向轴上，点击**+**，选择**预期关闭**。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:121 msgid "" "In order to keep your forecasts accurate and relevant, make sure your " "salespeople correctly set up the expected closing and the expected revenue " "for each one of their opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了保证你的预测的准确性和相关性，要确保你的销售人员为每个机会正确建立了预期关闭和预期收入。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`" @@ -1674,7 +1674,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:3 msgid "How to review my personal sales activities (new sales dashboard)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何检验我的销售活动(新的销售仪表盘)" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1682,34 +1682,34 @@ msgid "" "up on sales activities. They need to access anytime some important metrics " "in order to know how they are performing and better organize their daily " "work." -msgstr "" +msgstr "专业销售人员每天都在努力达到他们的目标并跟进销售活动。他们需要随时随地访问一些重要的指标，以了解它们是如何操作的以及更好地组织他们的日常工作。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:10 msgid "" "Within the Odoo CRM module, every team member has access to a personalized " "and individual dashboard with a real-time overview of:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo CRM 模块里，每个小组成员都可以访问个人的独立的仪表盘来获得一个实时的概览：" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:13 msgid "" "Top priorities: they instantly see their scheduled meetings and next actions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "最高优先级别：他们立即看到自己预定的会议和下一步行动" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:16 msgid "" "Sales performances : they know exactly how they perform compared to their " "monthly targets and last month activities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售业绩：他们清楚地知道他们的销售表现相比他们的每月目标和上个月的活动。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:26 msgid "Install the CRM application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装CRM程序" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:28 msgid "" "In order to manage your sales funnel and track your opportunities, you need " "to install the CRM module, from the **Apps** icon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了管理您的销售渠道和跟踪您的机会，你需要从**应用程序图标**安装的CRM模块。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:35 msgid "Create opportunities" @@ -1721,35 +1721,35 @@ msgid "" "screenshot below. You will need to create a few opportunities to activate " "your dashboard (read the related documentation " ":doc:`../leads/generate/manual` to learn more)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您的管道是空的，你的销售仪表板看起来像下面的截图。您将需要创建一些机会来激活您的仪表板(阅读相关文档：DOC：`../线索/生成/ 手册`了解详情)。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:45 msgid "" "Your dashboard will update in real-time based on the informations you will " "log into the CRM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的仪表盘会实时更新基于你登录到CRM的信息。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:49 msgid "" "you can click anywhere on the dashboard to get a detailed analysis of your " "activities. Then, you can easily create favourite reports and export to " "excel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你能点击仪表盘的任意地方来得到你的活动的具体分析。然后，你可以方便得生成喜欢的报告并导出到EXCEL." #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:54 msgid "Daily tasks to process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "进行日常任务。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:56 msgid "" "The left part of the sales dashboard (labelled **To Do**) displays the " "number of meetings and next actions (for example if you need to call a " "prospect or to follow-up by email) scheduled for the next 7 days." -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售仪表板(标**待办事项**)的左半部分显示计划于未来7天会议和下一步行动的数量(例如，如果您需要通过电子邮件调用一个前景或跟进)。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:64 msgid "Meetings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "会议" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -1757,18 +1757,18 @@ msgid "" "and 3 meeting scheduled for the next 7 days. I just have to click on the " "**meeting** button to access my calendar and have a view on my upcoming " "appointments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在上面的例子中，我看到今天我没有会议安排，在接下来的7天内有3个会议安排。我只需点击**会议**按钮访问我的日历并看到近期的约会。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:75 msgid "Next actions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "下一步。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:77 msgid "" "Back on the above example, I have 1 activity requiring an action from me. If" " I click on the **Next action** green button, I will be redirected to the " "contact form of the corresponding opportunity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "回到上面的例子，我有1个活动需要我的行动。如果我点击**下一步行动**绿色按钮，我将被重定向到相应机会的联系方式。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -1776,28 +1776,28 @@ msgid "" "brochure by email today. As soon as the activity is completed, I can click " "on **done** (or **cancel**) in order to remove this opportunity from my next" " actions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据**下一个活动**现场，我看到，我曾计划今天通过电子邮件送一本小册子。一旦活动结束，我可以点击**完成**(或**取消**)，以便从我的下一步行动消除这种机会。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:90 msgid "" "When one of your next activities is overdue, it will appear in orange in " "your dashboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你的下一个活动之一逾期时，桔黄色将出现在你的仪表板。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:94 msgid "Performances" -msgstr "" +msgstr "业绩" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:96 msgid "" "The right part of your sales dashboard is about my sales performances. I " "will be able to evaluate how I am performing compared to my targets (which " "have been set up by my sales manager) and my activities of the last month." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的销售仪表盘的右边部分是关于我的销售业绩。我可以对我的目标(销售经理所设定的)和我最近一个月的活动进行评估。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:105 msgid "Activities done" -msgstr "" +msgstr "已完成活动" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -1805,28 +1805,28 @@ msgid "" "completed (meaning that you have clicked on **done** under the **next " "activity** field). When I click on it, I will access a detailed reporting " "regarding the activities that I have completed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**已做活动**对应于已完成的下一个动作(这意味着你已经点击**下一个活动**的**完成**字段)。当我点击它，我可以访问我已经完成了的活动的详细报告。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:116 msgid "Won in opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "赢得机会" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:118 msgid "" "This section will sum up the expected revenue of all the opportunities " "within my pipeline with a stage **Won**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这节会统计所有在销售管道中**赢得**阶段的机会的预期收入" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:125 msgid "Quantity invoiced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开票数量" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:127 msgid "" "This section will sum up the amount invoiced to my opportunities. For more " "information about the invoicing process, refer to the related documentation:" " :doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本节将统计给我的机会开具发票的数量。有关开票过程的详细信息，请参阅相关的文档：文档：`../../会计/应收账款/ 客户_发票/ 总览`" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:132 msgid ":doc:`analysis`" @@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`analysis`" #: ../../crm/sale_ebay.rst:3 msgid "eBay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eBay" #: ../../crm/salesteam.rst:3 ../../crm/salesteam/setup.rst:3 msgid "Sales Team" @@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ msgstr "销售团队" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage salespeople" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理销售人员" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:3 msgid "How to create a new salesperson?" @@ -1858,41 +1858,41 @@ msgid "" " and click on **Create**. Add first the name of your new salesperson and his" " professional email address - the one he will use to log in to his Odoo " "instance - and a picture." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从设置模块，进入子菜单：菜单选项：`用户 - >用户 `，然后点击**创建**。首先添加新销售人员的名字和他的个人电子邮件地址 - 他将利用登录到自己的Odoo - 和图片。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:16 msgid "" "Under \"Access Rights\", you can choose which applications your user can " "access and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the " "app. For the Sales application, you can choose between three levels:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在“访问权限”，你可以选择哪些应用程序您的用户可以访问和使用。权利的不同级别取决于应用程序。对于销售应用程序，可以从三个级别之间进行选择：" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:20 msgid "**See own leads**: the user will be able to access his own data only" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**看自己线索**：用户将只能够访问他自己的数据" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:22 msgid "" "**See all leads**: the user will be able to access all records of every " "salesman in the sales module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**查看所有线索**：用户将能够访问销售模块中的每个业务员的所有记录" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:25 msgid "" "**Manager**: the user will be able to access the sales configuration as well" " as the statistics reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**经理**：用户将能够访问销售配置以及统计信息报告" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:28 msgid "" "When you're done editing the page and have clicked on **Save**, an " "invitation email will automatically be sent to the user, from which he will " "be able to log into his personal account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你完成编辑页面，并点击**保存**，一封邀请电子邮件将自动发送到用户，从那里他将能够登录到自己的个人账户。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:36 msgid "Register your user into his sales team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "注册你的用户到你的销售团队" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -1900,20 +1900,20 @@ msgid "" "can also add him to the sales team of your choice. From the sales module, go" " to your dashboard and click on the **More** button of the desired sales " "team, then on **Settings**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您的用户现在已经登记在Odoo，可以登录到自己的界面。你也可以把他添到你选择的销售团队。从销售模块，进入你的仪表板和点击希望的销售团队**更多**按钮，然后点击**设定**。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:49 msgid "" "If you need to create a new sales team first, refer to the page " ":doc:`../setup/create_team`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您需要首先创建一个新的销售团队，请参阅网页：文档：`../安装/ 生成_团队`" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:51 msgid "" "Then, under \"Team Members\", click on **Add** and select the name of your " "salesman from the list. The salesperson is now successfully added to your " "sales team." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，在“团队成员”，点击**添加**，然后从列表选择您的业务员的名称。销售人员现在已经成功添加到您的销售团队。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -1923,7 +1923,7 @@ msgid "" "After saving, the salesperson will receive an invite containing a link to " "set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights under " "the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users` menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您也可以从你的销售团队一步添加一个新的销售人员飞甚至在他被注册为Odoo用户之前。从上面的截图，点击“创建”，添加您的销售人员，并输入他的姓名和电子邮件地址。保存后，销售员会收到包含一个链接的邀请来设置自己的密码。然后，您将能够定义他的访问权限：菜单选择：`设置 - > 用户`菜单。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:69 msgid ":doc:`../setup/create_team`" @@ -1931,7 +1931,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../setup/create_team`" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:3 msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何激励和奖励我的销售人员？" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1940,7 +1940,7 @@ msgid "" "productivity. The **Gamification** app of Odoo gives you simple and creative" " ways to motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and" " badges inspired by game mechanics." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用目标和奖励来挑战你的员工达到具体的目的是加强好习惯和提高您的销售人员工作效率的好方法。 **游戏化**的Odoo应用程序，使用实时认证和徽章激励的游戏机制，给您提供了简单和创造性的方式来激励评估员工。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1948,17 +1948,17 @@ msgid "" "can also install the **CRM gamification** app, which will add some useful " "data (goals and challenges) that can be used related to the usage of the " "**CRM/Sale** modules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从**APP**菜单，搜索并安装“Gamification**模块。你可以安装**CRM gamification**程序, 这将增加一些可用于涉及到** CRM/销售**模块使用的有用数据(目标和挑战)。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:23 msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "" +msgstr "生成一个挑战" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:25 msgid "" "You will now be able to create your first challenge from the menu " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，您可以从菜单中创建您的第一个挑战：菜单选择：`设置 - >游戏化工具 - > 挑战`。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -1967,34 +1967,34 @@ msgid "" "order to do so, click on the interrogation mark available from any app " "(upper-right) and click on **About** and then **Activate the developer " "mode**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由于游戏化工具是一次性的技术设置，您需要激活技术特点才能访问配置。为了做到这一点，请单击上任何应用程序(右上)的**关于**再**激活开发者模式**。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:38 msgid "" "A challenge is a mission that you will send to your salespeople. It can " "include one or several goals and is set up for a specific period of time. " "Configure your challenge as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一个挑战是你将发送到您的销售人员的任务。它可包括一个或多个目标，并设置了一个特定的时间段。配置您的挑战如下：" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:42 msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分配要接受挑战的销售。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:44 msgid "Assign a responsible" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分配责任人。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:46 msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用开始和结束日期建立周期性" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:48 msgid "Select your goals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择你的目标" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:50 msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置奖励(奖章)" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -2002,7 +2002,7 @@ msgid "" "of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " "end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set) or when the challenge is " "manually closed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当一个挑战结束时，授予徽章。这可能是在一个运行周期结束(例如：每月按月挑战结束)，在比赛的最后日期(如果没有周期性设置)，或者当挑战是手动关闭。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -2010,70 +2010,70 @@ msgid "" "**Monthly Sales Target**. The challenge will be based on 2 goals: the total " "amount invoiced and the number of new leads generated. At the end of the " "month, the winner will be granted with a badge." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，在下面的截图，我用**月度销售目标**挑战了2名员工。我们面临的挑战将基于2个目标：总金额开具发票，产生新的线索的数量。在月底，获胜者将被授予徽章。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:67 msgid "Set up goals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设立目标" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:69 msgid "" "The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach. " "**Goals** are assigned through **challenges** to evaluate (see here above) " "and compare members of a team with each others and through time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用户可使用的目标和达到数值目标进行评估。 分配**目标**并通过**挑战**评估(见本文上面)在团队成员之间进行比较及通过的时间。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:74 msgid "" "You can create a new goal on the fly from a **Challenge**, by clicking on " "**Add new item** under **Goals**. You can select any business object as a " "goal, according to your company's needs, such as :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以一步建立一个**挑战**，通过点击在**目标**下**增加一个新项目**。你可以选择任何业务作为一个目标,按您公司的需要，比如：" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:78 msgid "number of new leads," -msgstr "" +msgstr "新线索的数量" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:80 msgid "time to qualify a lead or" -msgstr "" +msgstr "验证线索的时间" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:82 msgid "" "total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " "based on your management preferences." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票总量在特定的一周，一个月或根据您的喜好管理其他任何时间框架。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:89 msgid "" "Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " "and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "目标也包括你的数据库设立(比如 设定你的公司数据，一个时区，建立一个新用户，等等)" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:93 msgid "Set up rewards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "建立奖励" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:95 msgid "" "For non-numerical achievements, **badges** can be granted to users. From a " "simple *thank you* to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " "exprimate gratitude to a user for their good work." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于非数值的成绩，**徽章**可以授给用户。从一个简单的*谢谢*为一个特殊的成就，徽章是感激用户优秀工作一个简单的方法。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:99 msgid "" "You can easily create a grant badges to your employees based on their " "performance under :menuselection:`Gamification Tools --> Badges`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以轻松创建一个授予徽章基于你的员工的表现：菜单选择：'游戏化工具 - > 徽章`。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "：DOC：`../../报告/分析`" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3 msgid "How to create a new team?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何创建新的销售团队?" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2082,53 +2082,53 @@ msgid "" " by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that default sales " "team and edit it (refer to the section *Create and Organize your stages* " "from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a new one from scratch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在销售模块，您的销售团队从**仪表盘**菜单访问。如果从一个新的实例启动，你会发现一个销售团队被默认安装：直接销售。您可以开始使用默认的销售团队和编辑它(请参考*创建和组织您的阶段*从页面：DOC：'组织管道`)，或者从头开始创建一个新的。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12 msgid "" "To create a new team, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams` " "and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "建立一个新团队，去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 销售团队(Sales Teams)` 点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18 msgid "Fill in the fields :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "填写字段：" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20 msgid "Enter the name of your team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入你的团队名字" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22 msgid "Select your team leader" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择你的团队领导" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24 msgid "Select your team members" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择你的团队成员" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:26 msgid "" "Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage " "opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now " "access your new team from your Dashboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不要忘记选择“机会”选择如果你要管理机会，点击保存。现在你可以从你的仪表盘上访问新团队。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35 msgid "" "If you started to work on an empty database and didn't create new users, " "refer to the page :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你要开始在空的数据库上工作，不创建新用户。参考页面 :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson` 。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:3 msgid "Set up and organize your sales pipeline" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置和管理您的销售管道" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:5 msgid "" "A well structured sales pipeline is crucial in order to keep control of your" " sales process and to have a 360-degrees view of your leads, opportunities " "and customers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一个结构良好的销售管道是为了保持对你销售过程的控制，并有对您的线索，机会和客户有360度视图。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -2137,7 +2137,7 @@ msgid "" "generate, qualify and close leads through your sales cycle. In Odoo CRM, " "leads are brought in at the left end of the sales pipeline in the Kanban " "view and then moved along to the right from one stage to another." -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售管道是销售过程的可视化表示，从第一次接触到最终成交。它是指由您生成的，通过你的销售周期和资格结束线索的过程。在Odoo CRM中，线索在看板视图销售管道的左端，再沿向右从一个阶段移动到另一个。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -2146,28 +2146,28 @@ msgid "" " funnel varies from one company to another. An example of a sales funnel " "will contain the following stages: *Territory, Qualified, Qualified Sponsor," " Proposition, Negotiation, Won, Lost*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个阶段指在销售周期中的具体步骤和特别是你的潜在客户的销售准备。阶段数量在销售漏斗中各个公司是不同的。比如一个销售漏斗包含下列阶段：*领域，资格认证，资格认证的保证，主张，谈判，赢得，丢失*。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:26 msgid "" "Of course, each organization defines the sales funnel depending on their " "processes and workflow, so more or fewer stages may exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当然，每个组织对销售渠道的定义取决于它们的流程和工作流，所以多点或少一点的阶段都有可能。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:30 msgid "Create and organize your stages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "生成和组织你的阶段" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:33 msgid "Add/ rearrange stages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "增加/重新安排阶段" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:35 msgid "" "From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **PIPELINE** " "button of the desired sales team. If you don't have any sales team yet, you " "need to create one first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从销售模块，进入你的仪表板和点击选中的销售团队的**管道按钮**。如果你没有任何销售队伍，你需要首先创建一个。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -2176,13 +2176,13 @@ msgid "" "propose you to add another column in order to complete your process. If you " "want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging" " and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从你的管道看板视图中，您可以通过点击**添加新列**添加阶段。当创建一个列，Odoo将自动建议你为了完成你的过程而添加另一列。如果你想重新排列阶段的顺序，你可以很容易地通过拖放移动列到所需位置。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:58 msgid "" "You can add as many stages as you wish, even if we advise you not having " "more than 6 in order to keep a clear pipeline" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以增加任意多的阶段，但我们建议为了保持清楚的管道最好不要超过6列。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and select the radio button as " "shown below. It will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that " "gives you access to a listview of all your leads." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有些公司使用一个预先验证步骤来管理他们的线索，在将它们转换成机会之前。要激活领先阶段，请访问：菜单选择：`配置 - > Settings`并选择单选按钮，如下图所示。这将创造一个新的子菜单**线索**在**销售**下面，让您可以访问所有的线索列表视图。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:74 msgid "Set up stage probabilities" @@ -2207,20 +2207,20 @@ msgid "" "opportunity in your pipe, you have to set up a probability percentage for " "each of your stages. That percentage refers to the success rate of closing " "the deal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了更好地了解什么是完成交易对于在你管道中一个给定的机会，你必须为每个阶段设置概率百分比。这一比例是指完成交易的成功率。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:84 msgid "" "Setting up stage probabilities is essential if you want to estimate the " "expected revenues of your sales cycle" -msgstr "" +msgstr "建立阶段的概率是至关重要的，如果你想估计你销售周期的预期收入。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:88 msgid "" "For example, if your sales cycle contains the stages *Territory, Qualified, " "Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won and Lost,* then your " "workflow could look like this :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "比如，如果你的销售周期包含阶段*领域，资格认证，资格认证保证，主张，谈判，赢得 和丢失，* 然后你的工作流就可以这样：" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:92 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e852ccd90 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -0,0 +1,613 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# mrshelly , 2016 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-28 16:42+0530\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-02 04:24+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: mrshelly \n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../getting_started.rst:5 ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "开始" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "ODOO 在线" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 +msgid "" +"This document summarizes **Odoo's Online services**, our Success Pack " +"**implementation methodology**, and *best practices* to **get started** with" +" our product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the " +"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't " +"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16 +msgid "" +"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this " +"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The" +" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during " +"the implementation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions" +" by e-mail on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you " +"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by " +"someone else in your company, send an e-mail to `help@odoo.com " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo " +"database ready to be used. **Don't be afraid of messing up the data**, it's " +"very easy to duplicate your database, clean it or start a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes" +" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities or projects / " +"tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the user " +"interface as shown in the picture below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:48 +msgid "|left_pic|" +msgstr "|left_pic|" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:48 +msgid "|right_pic|" +msgstr "|right_pic|" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation " +"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top " +"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 +msgid "These implementation planners will:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 +msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:63 +msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:65 +msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations " +"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the " +"implementation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you " +"through all the steps. But you can also:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Read the documentation on our website: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Or send your questions to our online support by e-mail at `help@odoo.com " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 +msgid "What do we expect from you?" +msgstr "在线使用需要您做些什么?" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 +msgid "" +"We used to deploy full featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of services," +" which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most projects" +" are completed between 1 and 4 calendar months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:90 +msgid "" +"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a " +"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, here is what leads to" +" a successful project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95 +msgid "Your internal implementation manager" +msgstr "提供一个接洽负责人" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"We will ask you for a single point of contact within your company work on " +"the project with our project manager. To be efficient, this person must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:101 +msgid "" +"**be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you " +"will slow down the implementation. More is better, the fastest " +"implementations have a full time project manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"**have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms " +"all departments of companies for the better. In such a project, you have a " +"lot of decisions to take on small details. If there is too much back and " +"forth between several decision makers, it could potentially seriously slow " +"things down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111 +msgid "" +"**have the leadership** to train and enforce policies at most departments. " +"This person must have the support, or be part, of the top management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:116 +msgid "Integrate 95% of your business, not 100%" +msgstr "满足您的95%需求，不能完全满足您的所有需求" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 +msgid "" +"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high " +"level of automation, feature coverage and integration. But **don't be an " +"extremist in that direction.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Customizations cost you money, are more complex to maintain, add risks to " +"the implementation and can cause issues with upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Standard Odoo can probably cover 95% of your business. Be flexible on the " +"remaining 5%, otherwise that 5% will cost you twice the original project " +"price. One always underestimates the hidden costs of customization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 +msgid "" +"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was " +"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old " +"system(s) works." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134 +msgid "" +"**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want " +"customizations, phase them in at the end of the project, ideally after going" +" into production. Once a customer starts using Odoo, they usually drop about" +" 60% of their customization requests as they learn to do it the out of the " +"box Odoo way. It is more important to have all your business processes " +"working than customizing a screen to add fields or automate a few e-mails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decision and " +"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with" +" them on the objectives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 +msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo" +msgstr "学习 ODOO 时间耗用" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Start your free trial. Play with the system. The more comfortable you are " +"with Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the training phase will be " +"that much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra " +"resources:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos " +"`__" +msgstr "介绍视频: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos `__" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 +msgid "Get things done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-" +"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes " +"`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and " +"install the Notes application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176 +msgid "This module allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:178 +msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:180 +msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion " +"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:189 +msgid "" +"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform " +"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard " +"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 +msgid "What should you expect from us?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197 +msgid "Subscription Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:200 +msgid "Cloud Hosting" +msgstr "云主机" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three " +"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your " +"instance in 10 minutes, and more!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla " +"`__\\" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " +"`__" +msgstr "ODOO 安全在线: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security `__" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no " +"extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in " +"San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and " +"everything from: how to use or configure, bugfix requests, payments or " +"subscription issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Send your support requests to: `help@odoo.com `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import data " +"or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project " +"manager, as part of the Success Pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232 +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade " +"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database " +"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 +msgid "" +"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can " +"evaluate a new version or train your team before the roll out. Simply email " +"`help@odoo.com `__ to make this request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:244 +msgid "Success Pack Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a " +"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The list of services " +"according to your success pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the " +"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in " +"your success pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 +msgid "His/her role includes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:257 +msgid "" +"**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of" +" the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo " +"features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 +msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263 +msgid "" +"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** remote trainings via screen " +"sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will " +"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your " +"consultant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:268 +msgid "" +"**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo " +"and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing " +"structures, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272 +msgid "" +"**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template " +"prepared by the project manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:275 +msgid "" +"If you have subscribed to a **Custom App**, you benefit from following extra" +" services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278 +msgid "**Customization of screens**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 +msgid "" +"**Customization of reports (PDF):** our project managers have access to " +"developers for advanced customizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283 +msgid "" +"**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started with no " +"extra cost. However, our project manager have access to designers and " +"developers if you need a customized design. Their hours will consume hours " +"of your success pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:288 +msgid "" +"**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, " +"sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced " +"automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:294 +msgid "Implementation Methodology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296 +msgid "" +"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers" +" in production in a short period of time and at a low cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:299 +msgid "" +"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo " +"progressively, by groups of apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305 +msgid "" +"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is, for our project manager, to come to an" +" understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan " +"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set applications that you will " +"fully use in production at the end of the phase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:311 +msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:313 +msgid "" +"**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows " +"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the" +" business process and configure according to your specific needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Data:** are created manually or imported from your existing system. You " +"are responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's " +"project manager will import them in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:322 +msgid "" +"**Training:** once the applications are set up and the data imported, you " +"have to train your users on the environment that is perfectly working. There" +" will be some back and forth with Odoo's project manager to answer questions" +" and process your feedback. (\\*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:327 +msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330 +msgid "" +"(\\*) *Before the training, our project manager will have done the " +"customizations that are required to go into production. If you can use the " +"software without these customizations (even if it requires extra manual " +"tasks), we will push these customizations after going into production (see " +"phase below).*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and " +"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens" +" and reports**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our " +"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new " +"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:346 +msgid "Managing your databases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**" +" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or " +"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment" +" with test data!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358 +msgid "" +"In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available " +"for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working " +"environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My Organizations** " +"page and click **Duplicate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370 +msgid "Customer Success" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:372 +msgid "" +"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers, and ensuring that they " +"have all the resources needed to complete their project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375 +msgid "" +"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project " +"manager, and eventually the support team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Once your are in production, you will probably have less interaction with " +"your project manager. At that time, we will assign you a member of our " +"Client Success Team, that is specialized in the long-term relationship with " +"our customers. He will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the way" +" you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Our internal goal is to keep a customer at least for 10 years, and offer " +"them a solution the grows with their needs!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:388 +msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index fa54ebefc..06ccdd906 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-04 15:25+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-05 09:55+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-24 13:44+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-26 16:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gary Wei \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ msgstr "点击 **盘点**" msgid "" "Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" " use the keyboard to set the quantity)." -msgstr "扫描所有的产品(如果有物件产品，就扫5次，或者使用键盘设置数量)" +msgstr "扫描所有的产品(如果有5件产品，就扫5次，或者使用键盘设置数量)" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ msgstr "然后，给所有产品**扫描条码**，或者如果产品上的条 msgid "" "Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " "finish the operation." -msgstr "一旦你扫描了所有的产品，扫描**确认**条码动作来完成操作" +msgstr "一旦你扫描了所有的产品，扫描 **确认** 条码动作来完成操作" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ msgstr "在收获中扫描一个产品，然后扫描每一个产品的批次( #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." -msgstr "点击保存/扫描**确认**然后就做完了" +msgstr "点击保存/扫描 **确认** 然后就做完了。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " "help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中使用条码扫描相当容易。但是一个好的用户体验依赖与正确的硬件设置。该向导会帮你完成从条码枪的选择到设置。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " "bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用来进行**盘点**和**条码扫描**推荐的3种不同的条码扫描应用是**USB扫描枪**，**蓝牙扫描枪**以及**移动电脑扫描枪**。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ msgid "" "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" " you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " "be configured to be so." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在你电脑旁边对产品进行扫描，**USB扫描枪**是不错的选择。只要插入电脑即可扫描。只要确保买到的扫描枪和你的键盘布局兼容或者可以配置成那样就可以。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ msgid "" "approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " "with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to" " check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**蓝牙扫描枪**能和一个手机或者平板进行配对，如果你想要是移动设备但是又不想投入太多，使用蓝牙扫描枪就是不错的选择。方法是使用手机登陆Odoo，并把手机和蓝牙链接即可在仓库中扫描作业。蓝牙扫描能满足你使用手机就可以实时的进行移动操作以及 '手工的 '登陆系统。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ msgid "" "Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " "job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," " it is essential to test it first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在繁忙的业务中，**移动电脑扫描枪**是最简便的解决方法。它由一个小型电脑和一个内置扫描枪构成。并且该扫描设备是操作最具有生产力的解决方法，然而，你需要在该设备能流畅的运行Odoo。最近使用Android + 谷歌 Chrome浏览器或者Windows + IE浏览器的移动端的模式可以实现该功能。然而，由于模式的多样性以及市场上的不同的配置，有必要先进行测试。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ msgid "" "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " "characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" " are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一个USB扫描枪需要配置成和电脑键盘布局一样的操作系统，不然，你的扫描枪将不会直接的翻译(例如，用'Q'代替'A')。大多数扫描枪通过扫描用户手册中的条码进行配置。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Automatic carriage return" @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ msgid "" " of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " "explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" " suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认的，Odoo在每次成功的扫描之间有50毫秒的延时(这样可以避免偶然的重复扫描)。如果你想禁用该延时，你可以通过在每次扫描条码之后插入一个回车配置你的扫描枪。这通常是默认的配置并且能通过扫描用户手册中特定的条码进行配置('CR 后缀 ON', '申请输入后缀', 等等。)。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ msgid "" "attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo的条码特性能让你节省在键盘，鼠标，和扫描枪上切换的时间。正确的给产品指定条码，给拣货类型指定条码，等等。并能让你通过控制几乎完全无缝衔接的扫描枪更加有效的工作。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 msgid "Set products barcodes" @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ msgid "" "interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and click the **Configure Product Barcodes** button. This interface can also" " be accessed via the planner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了能够完成一个调拨或者完成一次盘点，你需要确保Odoo中产品的编码和产品条码保持一致。如果还没有完成这些，你可以通过一个手持设备在产品中输入条码。进入：`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并点击 **配置产品条码 **按钮。该接口也可以通过系统的向导进入。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -438,13 +438,13 @@ msgid "" "that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " "barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " "paper." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你要管理多库位，你会发现给每个库位赋予一个条码并贴在库位上。你可以在在如下配置库位条码：`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 库位`。在**打印**菜单有一个按钮，你可以用它打印库位名称和条码。每页有4个方便打印在贴纸上的排列的条码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 msgid "" "Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " "name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" -msgstr "" +msgstr "库位命名例子：**仓库简称** - **库位简称** - (**坐标 X** - **货架 Y** - **高度 Z**) 例如: A032-025-133" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:52 msgid "Barcode formats" @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ msgid "" "proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " "Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " "products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "大多数产品使用EAN-13条码。这种条码需要付款才能使用：你必须支付国际物品编码协会费后才能使用EAN条码(这就是为什么在商店中任何两个产品都不会有重复条码)。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ msgid "" "In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " "Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " "product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在存货模块下，打开 :menuselection:`存货控制(Inventory Control) --> 产品(Products)`，然后点击 **创建** 创建新的产品。把产品类型定义为 **库存产品** ，不要定义为消耗品。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 msgid "Start the initial inventory" @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ msgid "" "Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" " menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " "has automatically been created and validated by the system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，如果在**存货控制**菜单下点击**存货调整**，你会看到系统自动创建并确认了一个命名为\"INV: (产品名称)\"的行。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 msgid "Multiple products at once" @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ msgid "" "initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" " location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " "Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建所有你想要追踪产品库存的产品(作为库存类型的产品)。一旦产品在库存中产生需求，用期初盘点在系统中按照库位放置当前的数量。进入：`库存控制 --> 库存调整 `开始期初盘点。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ msgid "" " of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " "Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" " (or child) locations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "给之命名(例如期初库存)并选择库存的存放库位。注意，当你选择了父库位(例如库存可以被分成不同的子库位),你也可以选择下级(或子)库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ msgid "" "one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " "enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " "field. The accounting module needs to be installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你需要在不同是时间段进行库存你估值而不是只有在期末盘点时候在强制估值期间字段输入响应的会计期间。需要安装会计模块。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ msgstr "报表" msgid "" "To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " "Products`, and click on the **list button**:" -msgstr "检查当前的库存，进入菜单选项：`库存控制 --> 产品`,并且点击 **列表按钮 **:" +msgstr "检查当前的库存，进入:menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) --> 产品(Products)` ,并且点击 **列表按钮** ：" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ msgid "" "answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" " minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " "quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**最小库存 **规则能来确保在你的库存中总是有最少数量的产品用来满足生产或者满足客户的需求。当库存水平到达最低库存时，系统会自动生成一个达到最大数量的需求补货单。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 @@ -648,11 +648,14 @@ msgid "" "amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " "**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " "order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**按订单生产**的功能会根据**销售订单**的产品数量触发一个该产品的**采购订单**，系统**不会**检查当前的库存估值，也就是系统不考虑产品当前的在手数量会去触发一个采购订单。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 @@ -694,7 +697,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " "drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " "values for a given product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最小库存规则的配置是在菜单项 :menuselection:`存货(Inventory) --> 存货控制(Inventory Control) --> 再定点规则(Reordering Rule)` 的下拉菜单中。然后点击 **创建** 去设置给定产品最小和最大库存数值。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -714,7 +717,7 @@ msgid "" "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " "your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " "(or any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按订单生产可以在产品表单配置:`存货模块 --> 存货控制 --> 产品` (或者其它模块下有的产品路径下)。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." @@ -730,12 +733,134 @@ msgid "" "strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " "amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " "stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "两种选项的选择依赖于你的存货策略。如果你想有一点存货缓冲并总是在仓库中留有最少的存货数量，那么就可以使用最小库存规则。如果想只是在销售订单确认的状态下才去补充存货，那么就建议使用按照订单补货。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "交货订单" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 +msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" +msgstr "如何取消发货单？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " +"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." +msgstr "不管是因为过快确认的原因，还是需要被修正或者其余的原因，Odoo能让我们取消一个交货方式。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " +"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " +"any bad surprise." +msgstr "有些货代会比其他货代更加灵活，所以请在收到坏的消息之前确保在交货单取消掉。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "销售过程" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " +"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." +msgstr "进入 ** 销售 ** 模块，点击 ** 销售 ** 然后点击 ** 销售订单 ** 。殿后点击你想要取消的销售订单。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " +"order." +msgstr "点击销售订单右上角的 **交货** 按钮。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " +"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" +" cancel the delivery." +msgstr "现在，点击 ** 更多信息 ** 页面然后你会看到紧挨着 ** 货代运单号 ** ，有一个 ** 取消 ** 按钮。点击该按钮就可以取消交货单。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" +" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." +msgstr "确保交货单已经取消，在历史记录中检查，你会收到取消的确认。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 +msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" +msgstr "如何把一种交货方式局限于特定的国家？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " +"limit them to a certain number of countries." +msgstr "用Odoo，你可以使用不同类型的交货方式，并且可以限定特定的交货方式到特定的国家。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " +"**Delivery Methods**." +msgstr "进入**库存**模块，点击**配置**然后点击**交货方式**。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." +msgstr "选择你想变更的交货方式，或者创建一个新的。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " +"this delivery method." +msgstr "在**目的地**页面，选择该种交货方式使用的国家。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 +msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." +msgstr "现在已经完成，我们来看看结果。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " +"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " +"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." +msgstr "如果进入网站，并且你需要购买，一旦你完成详细的输入后并且完成了付款，网站会提供根据交货地址上的交货方式。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " +"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." +msgstr "该进程不在后台运行。我们假设你创建了一个销售订单，你就知道你能使用哪个已经创建的交货方式。" + #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "" "How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" @@ -754,7 +879,7 @@ msgid "" "shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " "the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," " the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "直运是一个能让订单在你的系统中完成但是货物直接从供应商发送到客户的系统。在通常的发货系统中，产品从供应商发到你的仓库中，然后发送到客户中。在直运中，你仓库中不进行存货。当客户在你的店铺下了单，货物会直接从供应商发送到客户。因此，货物不需要通过你的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" @@ -766,7 +891,7 @@ msgid "" "stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " "are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" " space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只给那些不不想或者不能在库存中保存的产品。一个理由就是在这个过程中的你总是只有更少的利润率，所以你只有在这个时候才腾出你的仓库的大量空间进行存储。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -775,7 +900,7 @@ msgid "" "price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" " be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " "sense!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于消肿产品直运是最好的选择。机会是哪些有着大量需求的且有很多供应商产品你只能赚一小部分。所以使用经济的交货方式不会获得奖励。但是如果产品是独特的，情况就变得不同！" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -789,7 +914,7 @@ msgid "" "amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" " all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" " tracking number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保时间是可控的。直运的操作时间应该确保在全部由你来处理的时间之内。如果能给客户提供运单号更好。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -797,14 +922,14 @@ msgid "" "product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " "information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" " that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要确保在供应商那边有足够的库存。如果知道产品在供应链上游的状况是很有用的。如果你没有这些信息，就告诉客户现在没有库存并且这取决第三方的库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 msgid "" "For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " "is drop-shipping and how to use it `__." -msgstr "" +msgstr "关于直运的详情以及更加深入，请阅读我们的博客'直运是什么以及如何使用'`__." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" @@ -816,20 +941,20 @@ msgid "" "to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" " box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " "on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开菜单：`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`。进入**库位＆仓库**，找到**直运**选项并勾选**允许供应商直接发货给客户**,然后点击**应用**。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" "Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " "Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " "order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后进入菜单：`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`。找到**订单路线**并选择**在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)**。点击**应用**。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 msgid "" "Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " "supplier to the products you want to dropship." -msgstr "现在，打开菜单：菜单选项：`销售 --> 销售 --> 产品`。给需要直运的产品添加供应商。" +msgstr "现在，打开菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)`。给需要直运的产品添加供应商。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers" @@ -847,14 +972,14 @@ msgid "" "Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " "procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " "will see that one shipment has been created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开菜单：`采购 --> 采购 --> 采购询价单`。直运路线的产品会自动产生采购询价单。一旦订单确认，你可以看到调拨单已经创建。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 msgid "" "To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " "**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " "dropship card." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要确认从供应商直接发货到客户，回到**存货**app。在仪表盘的直运卡上，点击**# 代收**。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -913,7 +1038,7 @@ msgid "" "the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " "customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " "especially when the items you stock are big in size." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用库存方式例如FIFO，LIFO，FEFO等，需要在发货时至少需要两步。调拨方式会取决于出库策略，并且移除的货物会发货给客户。如果你拥有一个大的库存特别是对于大尺寸的产品的库存这些就会显得很有意思。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -921,7 +1046,7 @@ msgid "" "one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " "packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " "set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在更多特定的情景中，三步就会变得很有用，最主要的一个就是处理大的库存。货物被转移到一个包装区域，在那里根据最终目的地对这些货物进行分组打包，然后发送到转运码头做最后的发货。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 @@ -952,42 +1077,62 @@ msgstr "三步流程" msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" msgstr "可以参阅文档：`three_steps`" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "如何变更标签类型？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " +"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " +"delivery." +msgstr "在Odoo中，你可以为交货单选择不同类型的标签。按照以下步骤给交货单选择合适的标签。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" +" methods**." +msgstr "在**库存**模块，进入**配置**并点击**交货方式**。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "选择一种发货方式并点击**编辑**。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" +" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "在**打印页面**，在 **Fedex 标签库存类型**下面，你能选择可用的标签类型。系统会根据货代的不同而显示不同的可用标签。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " +"you create a new sale order." +msgstr "一旦设置完成，当你在销售模块中创建一张销售订单之后就能看到结果。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" +" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "如果确认了销售订单并且确认了带有已经更改了标签类型的货代的交货单，该标签就会显示在历史记录中。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "默认的标签类型是纸信，如果你选了标签类型只有一半，就能看到不同：" + #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" msgstr "如何处理一步发货(发货)？" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概述" - #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " "available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一个订单进入到发货部门的最后一步时，Odoo默认会使用一步操作:　一旦所有的货物都准备好，就可以使用一张发货单进行发货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -1001,7 +1146,7 @@ msgid "" "configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " "delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " "and edit the concerned warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然而，如果**高级路径**被激活并且在你仓库被设置另外一个交货配置，你可以在交货配置中把它设置回到一步交货，进入：`配置 --> 仓库` 并编辑相关的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1067,7 +1212,74 @@ msgid "" "This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " "**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " "product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "已经完成了**发货步骤**并且WH/OUT应该在页面上方的状态栏位已经显示**完成**状态，也就意味着产品已经发货给客户了。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" +msgstr "如何在销售订单上变更包装方式？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " +"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " +"order." +msgstr "Odoo能让你变更默认的包装方式并把包装方式变更为你想要的依赖于订单的重量。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " +"**Settings**." +msgstr "在**库存**模块，进入**配置**然后点击**设置**。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " +"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "在：`追踪 --> 包裹`中，标记**在在报过上记录包材：栈板，箱子，……**" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 +msgid "*Sale process*" +msgstr "*销售过程 *" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 +msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." +msgstr "在**销售**模块，进入**销售**并点击**销售订单**。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 +msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." +msgstr "创建新的销售订单，并**确认订单**。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " +"redirected to the Delivery order." +msgstr "一旦确认了销售订单，你需要点击**交货**，重新指定到交货单。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 +msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." +msgstr "点击**编辑**，现在你能够对包装进行更改了。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " +"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " +"Pack**." +msgstr "在**操作**页面，在最后一列，把**0**变更为你想要打包在一块的产品的数量。然后点击**放在包裹中**。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" +" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " +"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." +msgstr "选择你需要的包材类型，你会看到重量和包裹保持一致，如果你想要更加精确的重量，可以手工进行更改。然后点击**保存**。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 +msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." +msgstr "重复该操作直到所有的产品都被放进包裹。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 +msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." +msgstr "最终，点击**确认**来确认交货。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" @@ -1081,7 +1293,7 @@ msgid "" "scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " "a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " "dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "计算计划日期是为了能够计划发货，收货等等。依赖于你的公司的习惯Odoo会根据排程器自动生成计划日期。Odoo排程器每行的计算，不管是生产订单，发货单，销售订单，等等。计算出来的日期依赖于Odoo中设置号的不同的提前期。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "Configuring lead times" @@ -1092,7 +1304,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuring **lead times** is a first essentiel move in order to compute " "scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " "manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置**提前期**是首要的必要活动，这样可以计算出来计划日期。提前期是承诺给你的不同的业务伙伴和／或客户的延期(适用于交货，生产，……)。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" @@ -1112,7 +1324,7 @@ msgid "" "configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " "**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" " select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "是供应商需要讲采购的产品交货的时间。要，配置供应商提前期需要选择一个产品，并进入**存货**页签。你需要在产品上添加一个供应商用来选择一个供应商的提前期。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -1126,7 +1338,7 @@ msgid "" "time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" " days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " "Time**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦供应商选定后，只要打开供应商页面并填入**交货提前期**。在该状况下，安全天数没有任何影响，计划交货天数等于：采购订单的**日期**＋**交货提前期**。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 msgid "**Customer lead time**:" @@ -1138,7 +1350,7 @@ msgid "" "warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " "select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " "time**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户提前期是货物从你的库存／仓库送到你的客户所需的时间。它可以在所有产品上进行配置。只要选定给一个产品，进入销售页面并标出**客户提前期**。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" @@ -1167,7 +1379,7 @@ msgid "" "cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " "is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " "of delays." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在公司层面，可以配置**安全天数**用来应付偶然的延期并能满足约定。该方法是从**计算出来的计划日期**减去**后备**天数用来应付延期。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" @@ -1182,13 +1394,13 @@ msgid "" "days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " "the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " "keep your commitment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售安全天数就是**后备**天数，用来保证按照和客户约定的交期及时交货。它们是交货提前期的错误边际。安全天数和为了按时到达而把腕表的时间调早是同样的逻辑。该方法是从计算出来的理论交期减去安全天数并且计算一个比你承诺给客户的交期时间更早的日期。那样你就可以确保总是对客户满足你的承诺。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 msgid "" "To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " "settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "设置安全天数，进入：菜单选项：`设置 -->通用设置` 然后点击**配置公司数据**。" +msgstr "设置安全天数，进入 :menuselection:`设置(Settings) --> 通用设置(General settings)` 然后点击 **配置公司数据** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -1210,7 +1422,7 @@ msgid "" "purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " "days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " "be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对供应商提前期有一些错误边际。当系统生成采购订单对产品进行补货的时候，它们可以被计划早一些天数用来应付供应商一些未知的不确定的延期。采购提前期可以在销售安全天数的同一个菜单下面看到。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -1252,7 +1464,7 @@ msgid "" "indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" " date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" " display a warning." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo也有可能让客户在销售订单的其他信息页面选定一个特定的需求日期。如果该日期比Odoo自动计算出来的理论日期短的话，系统会弹出报警。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -1260,7 +1472,7 @@ msgid "" "order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." " In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " "on your configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，你今天可以销售一辆汽车(一月1号)，该车是按订单补货方式，并且你已经承诺会在20天内给客户交货(一月20号)。在该情景下，排程器可能会根据你的配置触发以下事件：" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" @@ -1285,7 +1497,7 @@ msgstr "分录8：触发一个给到采购团队的一个采购需求，因为 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" -msgstr "如何处理3步发货(拣货+包装＋发货)？" +msgstr "如何处理三步发货(拣货+包装＋发货)？" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1294,7 +1506,7 @@ msgid "" " they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " "process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " "before shipping." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当一个订单进入到发货部门进入到最后的发货阶段，Odoo默认的设置是**一步**操作：等所有货物都准备好，就可以用一张发货单一次性的发货。然而，该过程可能不能准确的反映公司的操作，你的公司可能在发货之前需要更多的步骤。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1302,7 +1514,7 @@ msgid "" "transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " "destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " "customers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**三步**过程中(**拣货 + 包装 + 发货**),货物先被送到包装区域，在那里按照发货的不同目的地被组合起来，然后发到发货阜用来最终发货给客户。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -1311,21 +1523,21 @@ msgid "" "default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " "code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " "``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中要完成**拣货＋包装＋发货**一些必要的配置步骤需要被完成。这些步骤创建额外的库位，这些库位默认的被成为**出货区域**和**包装区域**。所以如果你的仓库的简称是**WH**，该配置会创建一个叫做\"WH/发货区域\"和另外一个叫做\"WH/包装区域\"的库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 msgid "" "Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " "Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" " delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "第一步货物会从 **WH/库存** 移动到 **WH/包装区域** .。然后从 **WH/包装区域 **移动到 **WH/发货区域**.。最后从 **WH/发货区域** 移动到**最后的目的地 **." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 msgid "" "Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " "correct method for your needs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查：文档：`仓库流程`确认该仓库流程是否是需要的正确的方法。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 msgid "Install the Inventory module" @@ -1350,20 +1562,20 @@ msgid "" "Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" " mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " "the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo通过**路线**配置交货单的移动。路线提供了一种把不同动作链接到一块的机制。在该状况下，我们把拣货步骤链接到发货步骤。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`" -msgstr "要管理路径,进入：菜单选项：`配置 -->设置`" +msgstr "要管理路径,进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)`" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " "button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " "option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在：`库位 & 仓库 --> 路线`中，勾选激活**产品的高级路径规则**。并确保**仓库多位置管理**也被激活。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" @@ -1373,14 +1585,14 @@ msgstr "配置仓库为拣货＋包装＋发货" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " "that will be used." -msgstr "进入：菜单选项:`配置 --> 仓库` 编辑要使用的仓库。" +msgstr "进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 仓库(Warehouses)` 编辑要使用的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 msgid "" "For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " "location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " "Ship).**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于发出的交货，设置选项为**使包装到指定的库位，把它们放到出货区域然后用来发货(拣货＋包装＋发货)。**" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 msgid "Create a Sale Order" @@ -1443,7 +1655,7 @@ msgid "" "**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " "moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " "product available for the next step (Packing)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "已经完成了拣货步骤并且在该**WH/拣货**单的页面上方的状态按钮显示已经**完成**。产品已经从**WH/库存**移动到了**WH/包装**区域，这样下一步的操作就可以进行了(包装)。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" @@ -1467,7 +1679,7 @@ msgid "" "**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " "moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " "product available for the next step (Shipping)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这样已经完成了包装步骤并且在该**WH/包装**单页面上方的状态栏位显示已经**完成**。产品已经从**WH/包装区域**移动到了**WH/出货区域**，这样下一步的操作(发货)就可以进行了。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 @@ -1479,7 +1691,7 @@ msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " "**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " "quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**确认**来完成从**库存／发货区域**到**客户库位**的调拨(基于**待做**列表栏的数量，点击**应用**来修正数量)。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -1501,7 +1713,7 @@ msgid "" "before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" " are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " "**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当订单走到发货部门做最后的发货时，默认的Odoo会使用**一步**操作：当货物都准备好了，就可以只通过一张发货单就能发货。但是，根据公司的业务流程，可能在发货之前炫耀更多的步骤。在**两步**过程中，货物在仓库中先被**拣货**并且发到**出货区域**来**发货**。然后货物才被发货。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1512,7 +1724,7 @@ msgid "" "Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " "(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " "case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了在Odoo中完成**拣货＋发货**的交货，需要进行必要的配置。这些步骤创建额外的库位，默认的称之为 **Output**。所以如果你的擦国库的简称是``WH``，配置就会创建一个称为``WH/Output``的库位。产品首先第一步(拣货)从``WH/Stock`` 移动到 ``WH/Output`，然后，第二步(发货)从``WH/Output`` 移动到 ``WH/Customers`` (如果有销售订单)。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 msgid "Allow management of routes" @@ -1523,13 +1735,13 @@ msgid "" "Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " "provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " "will chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo通过**路线**配置交货单的移动。路线提供了不同动作汇集成链的机制。在该中状况下，我们可以把拣货步骤和发货步骤链接起来。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`." -msgstr "要惊醒路径管理，进入：菜单选项：`配置 --> 设置`。" +msgstr "要路径管理，进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)`。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -1548,7 +1760,7 @@ msgid "" "If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " "need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " "activated beforehand." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你选择了**产品的高级路径规则**，如果没有激活**仓库多位置管理**的特性，那么现在就激活它。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" @@ -1558,7 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "配置仓库为拣货＋发货" msgid "" "To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" " Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." -msgstr "配置一个**拣货＋发货**的调拨，进入：菜单选项：`配置 --> 仓库`然后编辑需要使用的仓库。 " +msgstr "配置一个 **拣货(Pick)＋发货(Ship)** 的调拨，进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 仓库(Warehouses)` 然后编辑需要使用的仓库。 " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -1584,7 +1796,7 @@ msgid "" "different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " "process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " "process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你选择了**2步转移**，现在你应该看到两个不同的调拨，一个以**PICK**开头，用来处理拣货过程，另外一个以**OUT**开头用来处理发货过程。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -1604,21 +1816,21 @@ msgid "" " **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " "moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " "**available for the next step** (Shipping)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这样已经完成了拣货步骤并且**WH/拣货**调拨单页面上方的状态栏位已经显示为**完成**。产品已经完成了从**WH/库存** 到 **WH/出货区**的调拨。这样产品就**下一步操作就绪**(发货)。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " "customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " "listed in the **To Do** column)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**确认**去完成从**库存／出货区**到客户的调拨(点击**申请**填写基于**待做**列表中的数量)" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 msgid "" "This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" " **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " "shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这样已经完成了发货步骤并且**发货单**的调拨已经在页面上方状态栏位显示**完成**。产品已经发给客户。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 msgid "Incoming Shipments" @@ -1633,7 +1845,7 @@ msgid "" "Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" " warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " "handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" +msgstr "取决于因子例如收到货物的类型，仓库的空间大小，每天的收货单数……处理收货和发货的方式也会因此存在差异。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1660,7 +1872,7 @@ msgid "" "receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " "standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " "configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo使用**路线**准确的定义了你如何进行收货步骤。该配置在仓库层面完成。标准状况下，收货一步完成，但是通过更改配置可以进行2或者3步收货。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 msgid "The principles are the following:" @@ -1675,7 +1887,7 @@ msgid "" "**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " "from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " "your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**两步**：在收货区域收货然后从收货区域转移到库存，因为在库存内货物不再转移，所以不会有进一步的调拨。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1683,7 +1895,7 @@ msgid "" "good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " "requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" " goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**三步**：在很多公司内，有必要评估收到的货物。目的是检查和供应商达成一致的所需产品的质量和所收产品一致。在产品的接收过程中添加一个质量控制步骤变得有必要。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1692,7 +1904,7 @@ msgid "" "move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " "only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " "return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你在收货区域接收货物，然后转移货物到质检区域进行质量检验。当质量检验完成就可以把货物从质检区域移到库存。当然，你可以更改数量并且只把满足质量标准的产品移到库存并把质量不过关的产品退回。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." @@ -1714,7 +1926,7 @@ msgid "" "to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " "with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " "receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在很多公司，很必要对接收的货物进行检查。目的是检查接收的货物和与供应商达成的质量标砖一致。因此，在收货的过程中添加一个质检步骤就变得很有必要。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 @@ -1723,7 +1935,7 @@ msgid "" " steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," " the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " "allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo使用路径精确地定义如何处理不同的接收步骤。该配置可以在仓库层面完成。默认的，收货是一步完成，通过变更配置可以允许2步或者3步收货。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -1732,7 +1944,7 @@ msgid "" " has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" " may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " "valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" +msgstr "3步流程如下：在收货区域接收货物，然后转移他们到质检区域。当质检过程完成后，就可以把货物从QC区域转移到库存。当然，你可以更改数量并且只转移符合质量要求的产品到库存然后把质量不好的产品退回" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 @@ -1748,14 +1960,14 @@ msgstr "使用高级路径" msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要管理路径，进入菜单项 :menuselection:`存货(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)`。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 msgid "" "Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " "checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保路径选项**使用规则产品的高级路径**有勾选。然后点击**应用**来保存变更。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1770,7 +1982,7 @@ msgstr "如何在收货中添加质量控制步骤？" msgid "" "Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " "and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." -msgstr "进入菜单：菜单选项：`存货 --> 配置 --> 仓库`然后选择需要变更收货方式的仓库。" +msgstr "进入菜单项 :menuselection:`存货(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 仓库(Warehouse)` 然后选择需要变更收货方式的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -1783,7 +1995,7 @@ msgid "" "To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " "**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " "admitted in stock (3 steps)**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在把产品转移到库存之前添加质量控制步骤，点选**卸货在收货区域，在入库之前通过质检区域(3步)**。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 msgid "How to control a receipt?" @@ -1799,7 +2011,7 @@ msgid "" "**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" " to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " "This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**采购**应用中，创建一个**询价单**。点击**确认订单**按钮。你可以看到有一个**收货单**在采购订单的右上角的状态按钮上和该采购订单关联。这是接收步骤。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -1811,7 +2023,7 @@ msgstr "进入**存货**然后点击**收货**看板上的**# 待收**链接。" msgid "" "Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " "complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击打开你想要完成的收货单。点击**确认**完成从**供应商**库位到**WH/收货区域**的调拨。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -1819,7 +2031,7 @@ msgid "" "page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" " the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " "available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "已经完成了收货步骤并且在**WH/IN**单上面的状态栏位显示**完成**。产品已经从**供应商**库位移动了**收货区域**库位，这样下一步(移动到质检区域)就可以操作了。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -1832,7 +2044,7 @@ msgid "" "ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " "the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " "**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入**库存**仪表盘。你会看到有一个已经就绪的转移(移动到质检区域的调拨)和一个在等待的移动(在质检之后的往库存移动的调拨)。点击**内部调拨**的**# 转移**链接完成质检。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -1845,7 +2057,7 @@ msgid "" "This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " "top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " "ready to be controlled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "已经完成了内部调拨步骤并且 **WH/INT**页面上部的状态显示为**完成**。现在收货已经可以被控制了。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" @@ -1856,20 +2068,20 @@ msgid "" "Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " "Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " "process the quality control." -msgstr "" +msgstr "回到**库存**的仪表盘中。等待状态的调拨单现在已经可以转移了，在**内部调拨**的仪表盘卡上点击**#调拨 **并完成质检过程。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 msgid "" "Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " "move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击最后一个调拨并完成。点击**确认**完成从**库存／质检区域**到**库存／库存**的调拨。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" " of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " "controlled and has moved to your stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "已经完成了质检步骤并且**内部调拨单**页面上方的状态栏位显示**完成**。收货过程很好的的到了控制并且货物已经进入仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" @@ -1885,18 +2097,19 @@ msgid "" "then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " "not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " "processing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "2步过程如下：在收货区域收货然后再进一步从收货区域转移到库存中。只要产品没有移到库存中，这些产品就不能被发放到车间或者进行销售。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要进行路径管理，进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)`" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 msgid "" -"Make sure that **“Manage several locations per warehouse”** is also ticked." -msgstr "确保勾选了**每个仓库管理不同的库位**。" +"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " +"ticked." +msgstr "确保 **\" 仓库进行多库位管理\"** 被勾选。 " #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" @@ -1907,7 +2120,7 @@ msgid "" "Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " "methods." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 仓库(Warehouse)` 并选择你想变更收货方式的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -1935,7 +2148,7 @@ msgid "" "the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " "related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " "form view. This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在采购模块下，创建一个**采购询价单**，然后点击**确认**订单。你可以看到在采购订单上方的**状态栏位**有一个**收货单**和采购订单关联。这是收货步骤。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -1954,7 +2167,7 @@ msgid "" "This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" " product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " "which makes the product available for the next step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "已经完成了参照为**WH/IN**的收货步骤。产品已经完成了从**供应商**到**WH/收货区域**的调拨，现在就可以进行下一步骤的操作了。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 msgid "How to to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" @@ -1977,14 +2190,13 @@ msgstr "点击想要处理的调拨单。点击**确认**完成从**存货/收 msgid "" "This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " "**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "已经完成了序列号参照为**WH/INT**的内部调拨，收货已经移动到了库存中。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" msgstr ":doc:`three_steps`" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "批次号和序列号管理" @@ -2004,7 +2216,7 @@ msgid "" "In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " "system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" " **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中，批次号和序列号在系统中有者相同的逻辑但是不同的表现行为。他们都是在**库存**，**采购**，**销售**模块中使用。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -2030,7 +2242,7 @@ msgid "" "info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " "production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " "food." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**批次号**通常在大批量的产品收货中使用，这能够帮你在报表，质检，或者其余信息中反映出来。批次号能定义一些产品有或者在同一生产环境中。在食品或者服装行业的批量生产中很有用。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2038,7 +2250,7 @@ msgid "" "service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " "You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" " way you manage these products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**序列号**对于那些需要售后的产品来说比较有用，例如手机，笔记本电脑，以及其余的电子设备。依赖于管理产品的方式，你可以使用生成序列号或者自己的序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 msgid "When not to use" @@ -2049,7 +2261,7 @@ msgid "" "Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " "paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " "chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" +msgstr "消耗品例如厨房用纸，厕所用纸，笔或者手写纸等使用批次是没有意义的，因为这些产品你从来不会退货。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -2057,7 +2269,7 @@ msgid "" "consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " "a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " "for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" +msgstr "另一方面，只有那些使用质保期现／或者售后服务的产品使用单个产品的序列号，除了这些，给产品分配序列号是浪费时间的行为。例如给一块面包分配一个序列号是没有一点意义的。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 @@ -2079,7 +2291,7 @@ msgid "" "lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" " will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " "fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在结构大批量的产品时候使用批次号很有用，批次号可以在报表中，质检过程，或者其余的信息中反映出来。批次号能定义一些产品有或者在同一生产环境中。在食品或者服装行业的批量生产中很有用。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -2109,13 +2321,13 @@ msgid "" "You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" " application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " "**Track lots or serial numbers**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在设置中需要激活批次追踪，在**库存**模块中，进入：`配置 --> 设置`，选择**跟踪批次或序列号码**。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " "**Manage several locations per warehouse**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了能对批次进行高级管理，还要勾选**仓库进行多库位管理**。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 @@ -2133,13 +2345,13 @@ msgid "" "You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" " **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Operation Types`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你还可以对每种操作类型设置如何管理批次。在 **库存** 应用中，进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 操作类型(Operation Types)`。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 msgid "" "For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" " you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对每种操作类型(收货，发货，内部调拨，……)，你可以设置是否创建新的批次号或者使用现有的批次号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 @@ -2152,7 +2364,7 @@ msgid "" "Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " "product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " "select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) --> 产品(Products)`，并点开所选择的产品。点击 **编辑**，并在 **库存** 页面勾选 **批次追踪**，然后点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 msgid "Manage lots" @@ -2212,7 +2424,7 @@ msgstr "一个批次的库存" msgid "" "When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " "product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在常规盘点时，有一个**序列号**栏位，如果产品已经有批次号，那么这个栏位就会预先显示产品的批次号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -2225,7 +2437,7 @@ msgid "" "You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " "fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " "type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你还可以对一个批次的产品进行盘点。在该场景中，你需要输入**批次号码**。你还可以在这里创建一个新的批次。只要键入一个号码，一个窗口就会弹出来和这个产品连接。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 msgid "Lots traceability" @@ -2235,7 +2447,7 @@ msgstr "批次追踪" msgid "" "You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" -msgstr "你可以查看批次追踪：菜单选项：`存货 --> 存货控制 --> 序列号／批次号 `" +msgstr "你可以查看批次追踪， 进入菜单 :menuselection:`存货(Inventory) --> 存货控制(Inventory Control) --> 序列号(Serial Numbers)／批次号(Lots)`" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 @@ -2259,21 +2471,21 @@ msgid "" "location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" " product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " "location where the products are moved." -msgstr "" +msgstr "序列号追踪用来追踪带有序列号的产品的每个调拨移动。你可以追踪带有序列号的当前库位。当产品从一个库位移动到你个一个库位，系统会根据产品的最后一次移动确定产品当前的库位。所有你可以得到产品在移动过程中的每一个位置。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 msgid "" "You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " "**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你需要在设置中激活序列号追踪。在**库存**模块中，进入：`配置 --> 设置`，选择**跟踪批次或序列号码**。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 msgid "" "Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " "product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " "select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入：`库存控制 --> 产品`，打开所选产品，点击**编辑**并在**库存**页面选择**根据序列号**，然后点击**保存**。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" @@ -2300,7 +2512,7 @@ msgid "" "If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " "appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are " "moving those serial numbers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你要调拨一个已经有序列号的产品，这就会显示在列表中。只要点击**＋**图标，来确认你是在调拨这些序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." @@ -2319,7 +2531,7 @@ msgstr "一个序列号的库存" msgid "" "Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " "can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果产品还没有诶盘点，点击**添加新的条目**，你就可以轻易的创建序列号，只需要在栏位中键入新的号码。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." @@ -2331,7 +2543,7 @@ msgid "" "will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " "here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " "product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可以给序列号做盘点。在该情景中，你需要输入序列号,你还可以在这里创建一个新的。只要键入号码，一个弹出框就会个产品链接。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "Serial Number traceability" @@ -2342,14 +2554,14 @@ msgid "" "The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" " were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " "shipped to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这些货物的序列号能让你对产品从收货开始，入库，以及买给谁，发货到哪里进行追踪。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 msgid "" "To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " ":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " "serial number corresponding to your search." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要追踪一个产品，打开**库存**模块，在：`库存控制--> 序列号／批次号`，点击相关的序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" @@ -2363,7 +2575,7 @@ msgstr "如何处理不属于你的库存？" msgid "" "Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " "having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有些供应商有时候会给你的店铺送来产品但是你又无需采购这些产品：这中情景称之为**代销库存**。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -2371,7 +2583,7 @@ msgid "" " products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " "not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " "item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" +msgstr "代销库存是工厂和供应商发布新产品的一个很好的方法。因为零售商可能不愿意购买不确定能卖掉的产品，那么代销库存就能让他们可以先不付款就可以针对一款产品在市场上试销。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -2384,7 +2596,7 @@ msgid "" "Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" " in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " "(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "代开菜单：`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`，在**产品所有者**部分选择**管理代销产品(高级)**，然后点击**应用**。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" @@ -2396,7 +2608,7 @@ msgid "" "reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " "line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" " it blank if you are the owner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在库存仪表盘中，打开**收货**仪表盘并创建一个新的收货。你可以在页面的右边，一个新的**所有者**行呈现。你可以指定该批产品的所有者，如果所有者是你，那么就留空。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" @@ -2412,7 +2624,7 @@ msgid "" "production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " "products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " "automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "排程器就是计划和排定根据产品上设定的规则自动生产或者自动采购的优先级的计算引擎。默认状况下，排程器被设置为一天运行一次(Odoo自动创建一个**排程器动作**)。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" @@ -2423,7 +2635,7 @@ msgid "" "Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " "started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " "tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "排程器只会确认已经确认的但是还没有开始的补货。该补货会对依赖于需求产品的配置要开始的生产，任务或者采购进行预留。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -2432,7 +2644,7 @@ msgid "" "requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " "there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " "be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在开始预留和补货的时候你要考虑到操作的优先级。过去的带有日期急迫的需求，或者那些需求日期比其余的要早的会先开始。以防库存中没有足够的产品满足需求，你可以先确保那些最先需求的产品先进行生产。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" @@ -2447,7 +2659,7 @@ msgid "" "This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" " see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " "click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认状况下，该特性是看不到的。你需要激活**开发者模式**才能看到。要激活开发者模式，可以进入：`帮助 --> 关于` 并点击**激活开发者模式 **。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -2456,18 +2668,18 @@ msgid "" "uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " "company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," " deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你还可以手工的开启排程器。进入菜单：`库存 --> 排程器 --> 运行排程器 `。排程器会使用产品上，供应商，以及公司上定义的所有相关参数来决定不同生产订单，交货单以及供应商采购订单之间的优先级。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置并且运行排程器(只有高级用户才可以)" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 msgid "" "This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" " see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " "click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认状况下，该特性是看不到的。你需要激活**开发者模式**才能看到。要激活开发者模式，可以进入：`帮助 --> 关于` 并点击**激活开发者模式 **。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -2475,7 +2687,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " "Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " "configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以以下菜单通过更改相关的动作设置开始时间：`设置 --> 技术 --> 自动 --> 排程器动作`。更改运行MRP排程器的配置。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" @@ -2489,7 +2701,7 @@ msgstr "如何报废产品？" msgid "" "Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" " basic material" -msgstr "" +msgstr "报废意味着没有经济价值或者最基本材料的价值浪费" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 msgid "content recoverable through recycling." @@ -2500,7 +2712,7 @@ msgid "" "In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " "unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " "during picking or physical inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在仓库中有时候你会发现有些产品坏掉了或者因为到期而不能继续使用或者别的原因。你要经常在拣货调拨或者库存盘点的时候注意这些。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -2512,33 +2724,33 @@ msgstr "既然这些产品不适合继续存放或者正常销售，就需把他 msgid "" "When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " "the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." -msgstr "" +msgstr "已经报废的产品作为库存的一部分不能在系统中反映出来，报废的材料将会在实际操作中移动到报废区域。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 msgid "" "When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " "default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当安装库存管理的时候，Odoo会自动创建一个命名为**虚拟库位／报废**报废库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 msgid "" "To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Setting` and check **Manage several locations per " "warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要创建额外的报废库位，进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** 并点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 msgid "" "After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " "new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" " --> Locations.`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择应用了 **仓库进行多库位管理** 之后，你参照以下创建新的报废库位， 进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 仓库管理(Warehouse Management) --> 库位(Locations)` 。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 msgid "" "To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " "location form view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要定义一个报废库位，就需要早库位的视图页面中勾选**是一个北欧费库位**。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 msgid "Different ways to scrap product" @@ -2556,13 +2768,13 @@ msgstr "1)收货时候报废(在初始需求标签页面)。" msgid "" "To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Receipts`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要在收货过程中包报废产品，进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 仪表盘(Dashboard) --> 收货(Receipts)` 。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 msgid "" "Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " "scrap products button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开收货单，在**原始需求**页签面点击报废按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." @@ -2572,13 +2784,13 @@ msgstr "2)从发货单报废产品(初始需求标签页面)" msgid "" "To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要在发货过承报废产品，进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 仪表盘(Dashboard) --> 发货单(Delivery Orders)`" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 msgid "" "Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " "scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开发货单，在**原始需求**页面，点击产品报废按钮" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." @@ -2588,27 +2800,31 @@ msgstr "3)内部调拨过程中的报废(初始需求页面)" msgid "" "To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Receipts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要在内部调拨单上报废产品，进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 仪表盘(Dashboard) --> 收货(Receipts)`" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 msgid "" "Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " "scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开内部调拨单，在**原始需求**页面，点击产品报废按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 msgid "" "When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " "quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " "**Scrap**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你点击报废按钮，一个弹出框会打开。你可以输入要报废产品的数量，并制定报废库位，然后点击**报废**。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 msgid "" "To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " "several location per warehouse** in the settings at " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要按照向导变更报废库位，你需要在如下地方的设置中选择 **仓库惊醒多库位管理** ， 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Setting)`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "估值方式" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" @@ -2624,21 +2840,21 @@ msgstr "成本方法" msgid "" "Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " "sheet. This implies two main choices:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "每年你的库存价值都需要在余额表中记录，这依赖于两个主要选项：" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 msgid "" "the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " "Real Price);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "计算库存产品的成本方式(标准，平均成本，实时价格)；" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:16 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:16 msgid "" "the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " "Perpetual)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在账簿中记录库存价值的方式(定期估值和不间断估值)。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:64 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 @@ -2889,7 +3105,7 @@ msgid "" "**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " "materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " "period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**标准价格 **意味着在期末(通常是一年)根据产品的直接材料，直接劳动以及制造费用等评估成本。你可以在产品页面输入成本价格。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:117 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 @@ -2976,7 +3192,7 @@ msgid "" "method is mainly justified in case of huge purchase price variations and is " "quite unusual due to its operational complexity. Your actually need a " "software like Odoo to keep this cost up-to-date." -msgstr "" +msgstr " **平局价格 **在每一次收货单完成后，根据采购订单中的产品的价格，系统会重新进行计算。这种方式主要适用于同一产品的采购价格存在巨大差别并且频率大且在操作过程中很复杂。在实际的操作中需要在例如Odoo这样的软件系统下进行即时的更新。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:113 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:113 @@ -2985,7 +3201,7 @@ msgid "" "business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " "matters in the cost computation. Moreover if you mistakenly process such an " "order, there is no way to reset the cost price at its initial value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "该方法特定用于高级用户，因为收货单的处理会影响到成本计算，所以需要很好的评估业务流程。并且如果你错误的处理了这样的一张收货单，没有办法把成本设置回原来的数值。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 @@ -3035,14 +3251,14 @@ msgid "" "form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " "last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " "received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于**实时价格**(FIFO,LIFO,　FEFO，等)，需要进一步在仓库的库位上或者在产品的内部分类页面设置出库策略。默认的设置是FIFO。在该种方式下，库存价值会遵从计算存储商品的真实的价值(cfr,定量估值)而不是按照产品页面的成本来计算。只要发出货物，成本价格就是会变成最后一次出货产品()的成本，这种成本方式用在哪些还没有接收的货物的估价上(例如，库存调整)。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:170 msgid "" "Such a method is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, " "Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种方式可以用于Odoo中的所有流程(销售，采购库存)，并且适用于所有的用户。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 @@ -3071,7 +3287,7 @@ msgid "" " check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " "Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " "categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo中可以使用任何方式，默认的是**标准成本**。要更改的话，可以在采购的设置中勾选**使用'固定'，'实施'，'平均'价格等成本方法**。然后在产品的内部分类页面设置成本方法。产品的内部分类可以在产品的库存页面看到。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:219 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:219 @@ -3079,7 +3295,7 @@ msgid "" "Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" " quantity in stock * cost price)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不管使用何种方式，Odoo都会提供在下列地方提供所有的库存计价，进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 报表(Reports) --> 库存计价(Inventory Valuation)` (即. 当前库存数量 * 成本价格)。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:224 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 @@ -3093,7 +3309,7 @@ msgid "" "have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " "the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " "physical inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在定期的库存估值中，收货和发货都不会直接对会计产生影响，在月末或者年末，会计做一张实际库存的会计分录并过账。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:231 @@ -3101,7 +3317,7 @@ msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " "postings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这是Odoo中默认的配置并且可以拿来即用。检查以下操作并查看Odoo如何管理会计过账。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:251 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:250 @@ -3184,13 +3400,13 @@ msgstr "配置：" msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "材料采购科目：在产品或者产品的产品所属的内部分类上设置(费用科目字段)。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:251 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:250 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "递延税资产：在采购订单行上使用的税上设置" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:252 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:251 @@ -3251,12 +3467,12 @@ msgstr "109" msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "营收：在产品或者产品所属种类的页面设置(收入科目字段)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:269 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:267 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "递延税项负债：在发票行上使用的税上设置" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:270 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:268 @@ -3285,19 +3501,19 @@ msgstr "生产订单" msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在月／年末，依靠公司盘点或者只是依赖于Odoo中的库存来计算库存价值并入账。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后你需要适应以下公式把采购产品的余额分成库存和货物销售的成本：" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售货物的成本 (COGS) = 期初库存价值 + 采购产品 – 期末库存价值" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" @@ -3341,7 +3557,7 @@ msgid "" "date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " "As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " "testing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在持续的库存估值方式中，收货和发货会即时的记账。因此，账本是在这种情景下会一直不断更新。这种模式只能被会计专家和高级用户使用。相反的定义的估值方式，就需要额外的配置和测试。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:314 @@ -3367,13 +3583,13 @@ msgstr "应收／应付科目：在业务伙伴上定义(会计页签)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:332 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "递延所得税资产或者负债：定义在发票行上使用的税中。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:337 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category and can" " be set in product form (Accounting tab) as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "营收/费用: 默认的在产品的内部分类中定义，也能在产品页面(会计页面)作为一个特定的值定义。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:341 msgid "" @@ -3407,7 +3623,7 @@ msgstr "如何做存货评估(持续会计)？" msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个会计分录把库存产品变动值从盈利／损失账户移动到资产科目。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:295 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" @@ -3421,13 +3637,13 @@ msgstr "如果库存价值减少，他会颠倒。" msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "营收/费用: 默认的在产品的内部分类中定义，也能在产品页面(会计页面)作为一个特定的值定义。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:337 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "库存变动科目：在内部产品种类的库存入库／出库科目处进行设置" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" @@ -3442,7 +3658,7 @@ msgid "" "A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " "products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" " locations (possibly virtual)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "复式库存没有入库，出库(产品的disparition)或者变换。相反的，所有的移动都是在不同的库位之间移动(可以是虚拟的)。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 msgid "Operations" @@ -3451,7 +3667,7 @@ msgstr "操作" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 msgid "" "Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "库存调拨表示了货物或者材料在不同的库位之间的移动。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 msgid "Production Order" @@ -3636,7 +3852,7 @@ msgstr "补货＆拉规则" msgid "" "A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" " location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "补货就是一个特定库位的特定产品的特定数量的需求。可以手工创建或者自动的触发于：" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 msgid "New sale orders" @@ -3652,13 +3868,13 @@ msgstr "工作" msgid "" "A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " "by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "补货是在客户库位上创建的客户订单上的产品(需要发货给客户的)" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 msgid "" "Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " "(property)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "补货库位：在客户信息上的字段\"客户库位\"(属性)" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" @@ -3678,23 +3894,23 @@ msgstr "补货规则" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "新的补货是在规则上的源库位上创建的" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 msgid "" "*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " "be fulfilled e.g.:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*拉规则*描述了特定库位上的补货如何实现，例如：" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品移动的源头位置(源库位 )" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 msgid "" "whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " "To Stock)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要么补货是：`MTO (按订单补货)` or :abbr:`MTS (按库存补货)`" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 msgid "Routes" @@ -3705,13 +3921,13 @@ msgid "" "Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " "must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " "sales order lines, warehouse,..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "路线中对拉规则进行分组。路线定义了产品的路径。根据产品/销售订单行／仓库，……路线可能会用也可能不能用。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 msgid "" "To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " "routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要完成一个补货，系统会搜索路线中定义的规则(根据顺序或者优先级)：" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 @@ -3720,7 +3936,7 @@ msgstr "仓库" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" -msgstr "" +msgstr "仓库路线示例：拣货→ 包装→ 发货" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 msgid "Picking List:" @@ -3728,7 +3944,7 @@ msgstr "调拨列表" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "拣货区域→ 包装区域" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 msgid "Pack List:" @@ -3736,7 +3952,7 @@ msgstr "包装列表：" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" -msgstr "" +msgstr "包装区域→ 门A" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 msgid "Delivery Order:" @@ -3744,13 +3960,13 @@ msgstr "交货单：" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 msgid "Gate A → Customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "门A→ 客户" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 msgid "" "Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " "the warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "描述如何组织你的仓库的路线应该在仓库中定义。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 msgid "A Product" @@ -3776,7 +3992,7 @@ msgstr "确认：" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 msgid "Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收货区域 → 质检区域" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 msgid "Storage:" @@ -3784,15 +4000,15 @@ msgstr "库存：" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 msgid "Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "质检 → 库存" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 msgid "Product Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品种类" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品类别路线示例：cross-dock" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 msgid "Cross-Docks:" @@ -3808,7 +4024,7 @@ msgstr "发货：" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 msgid "Output → Customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发货区域 → 客户" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 msgid "Sale Order Line" @@ -3816,7 +4032,7 @@ msgstr "销售订单行" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售订单行示例：直运" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 msgid "Order:" @@ -3824,7 +4040,7 @@ msgstr "订单：" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 msgid "Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商 → 客户" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 msgid "Push Rules" @@ -3835,7 +4051,7 @@ msgid "" "Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " "automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" " used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当产品进入一个特定库位的时候推规则会触发。它们会把产品自动移动一个新的库位。是否要用推规则依赖于可用的路线。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 @@ -3874,7 +4090,7 @@ msgstr "补货组" msgid "" "Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " "provided:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "路线和规则定义库存的移动，对于每一个规则，都需要提供一个操作类型：" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 msgid "Picking" @@ -3900,7 +4116,7 @@ msgstr "..." msgid "" "Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " "and locations are the same." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果拉规则和库位一样的话，库存调拨就可以汇总到同一类型的操作类型中" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 msgid "" @@ -3908,7 +4124,7 @@ msgid "" "orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " "reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " "together)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售订单创建一个补货组，所以同一个销售订单的拣货和发货单被分开。但是你可以在再定点规则上定义特定的组(例如，可以把特定产品的采购询价单汇总起来)。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 msgid "Terminologies" @@ -3919,14 +4135,14 @@ msgid "" "**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " "It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " "repository." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**仓库**：在Odoo中的仓库就是一个存放产品的地方。可以是一个虚拟位置，也可以是实际位置。可以是一个店铺也可以是一个储藏室。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 msgid "" "**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " "warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " "locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**库位**：库位在仓库中用来对存贮区域进行划分。进一步划分为内部库位(你的仓库)，Odoo还有供应商，客户，盘点对应库位等。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -3934,21 +4150,21 @@ msgid "" "serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " "24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " "procurements." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**批次**：批次是用特定条码或者序列号指定的一批产品。一个批次的所有产品是同一产品(例如。24瓶一套)，通常的，批次号来自批量生产的工单或者补货。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 msgid "" "**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " "product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" " item." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**序列号**：序列号是一个产品的特定标识。技术上来讲，序列号可以理解为一个批次只有1个产品。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 msgid "" "**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " "Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" " (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**计量单位**：定义了产品的数量如何表达。米，英镑，24一包，千克，……同种类型 (例如: 规格)的计量单位之间可以使用转换率相互之间转换(M,CM,MM)。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -3956,18 +4172,18 @@ msgid "" "level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " "deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " "enough stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**消耗品**一种不需要管理产品库存水平的产品(没有在手数量或者预测数量)，但是可以收货和发货。当对该种产品有需求时，Odoo会认为系统中有足够的库存。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 msgid "" "**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**库存产品**:一个你想要在存货水平对产品进行管理的产品。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 msgid "" "**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" " number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**包裹:**一个包裹包含一些产品(可以由它们的批次或者序列号标识或者没有)。例如：一个箱子里面有刀和叉。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -3977,7 +4193,7 @@ msgid "" "You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " "automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " "product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**补货**：补货就是特定库位对特定数量的产品的需求。补货由其他额单据自动触发：销售订单，最小库存你规则，和拉规则。你也可以手动的触发补货。当自动触发补货时，你需要时刻关注异常(例如，一个产品需要从一个供应商处采购，但在系统中该产品却没有维护供应商)。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -3985,14 +4201,14 @@ msgid "" "applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" " To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " "routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**路线**：路线定义产品必须遵守的路径。根据产品，销售订单行，仓库……可以使用路径，也可以不适用。要完成一个补货，系统会会搜索定义在相关产品／销售订单上的路线中的规则。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 msgid "" "**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " "They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " "can be used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**推规则**：当产品进入一个特定的库位时会触发推规则。它们会吧产品移动一个新的库位。推规则在路线中维护，所以推规则是否可用依赖于路线是够可用。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -4000,7 +4216,7 @@ msgid "" "procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " "product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " "or MTS,..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**补货规则**或者**拉规则**：补货规则描述了特定库位的补货如何完成，例如：产品从何而来(源库位)，补货是MTO 或者MTS，……" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -4008,19 +4224,19 @@ msgid "" "rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " "Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " "procurement group and locations are the same." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**补货组**：路线和规则定义库存移动。对于每一个规则，都需要相应的操作类型：拣货，包装，发货单，采购订单，……移动按照库位被分成不通过的类型分成不同的操作类型。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 msgid "" "**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " "between locations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**库存调拨**：库存调拨表示任何两个库位中的货物和材料的转移。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 msgid "" "**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " "in a warehouse or location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**在手数量**:特定产品目前在仓库或者库存中的数量。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -4028,7 +4244,7 @@ msgid "" "specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " "Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " "units." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**预测数量**：一个特定仓库或者库位的可销售产品的数量。由如下得出：在手数量－未来交货数量＋未来收货数量＋未来制造数量。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -4036,7 +4252,7 @@ msgid "" "trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " "manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" " minimum stock rule." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**再定点规则**：定义了Odoo自动触发补货需求(该供应商下单或者发布生产订单)。当预测数量到达最低库存规则的时候会自动触发。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -4045,7 +4261,7 @@ msgid "" "these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " "no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " "packing zone)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**交叉转运**：交叉转运是直接从收货区域停靠的半挂车或者火车直接装货到停靠在出货码头的卡车，火车，拖车上的一种物流的实践，在卸货和装货过程之间没有存储过程。(无需进入库存，直接从卸货区域到包装区域)" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -4053,26 +4269,26 @@ msgid "" "the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" " distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " "customer, without passing through your own warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**直运**：直接把货物从供应商／工厂发货到客户(可以是零售商或者客户)，而不经过通常的分销渠道。产品直接从供应商到客户，无需经过你的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 msgid "" "**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " "for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**下架策略**　：用在在一个特定库位上拣货的策略。例如：FIFO，LIFO，FEFO。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 msgid "" "**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " "specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " "goes in rack 3, storage A)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**上架策略**　：特定库位的特定产品在入库时候的摆放位置的策略。(例如：电缆进来摆放在A区，3巷道)" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 msgid "" "**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" " it from the stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**报废**:用于当一个产品坏掉或者过期时，就可以通过报废产品把它从库存中移除。 " #: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" @@ -4088,7 +4304,7 @@ msgid "" "with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" " you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" " delivery." -msgstr "" +msgstr "存货是你的业务的中心。存货真的很复杂，但是在Odoo中，无论是收货还是发货都不能再简单了。我们将在本文档中演示从收货到发货是如何的简单。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -4096,7 +4312,7 @@ msgid "" "**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " "processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " "**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo库存模块和其他的应用完全的集成，例如 **采购**, **销售** or **库存**。但它不局限于这些过程，它还能完全的和 **电商**，**生产** ，**维修** 等模块集成。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 msgid "How to process a receipt ?" @@ -4110,7 +4326,7 @@ msgstr "安装采购模块" msgid "" "First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " "to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，你需要安装 **采购模块** ，进入菜单 :menuselection:`应用(Apps)` 并安装。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 msgid "Make a purchase order" @@ -4120,19 +4336,19 @@ msgstr "创建采购订单" msgid "" "Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " "Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入**采购**模块。第一个看到的界面是**询价需求单**列表，点击**创建**按钮。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 msgid "" "Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " "products to your request for quotation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入**供应商**信息并点击**添加一个新条目**给询价单添加一些产品。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 msgid "" "Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " "quantity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦确定了产品，价格和数量等，可以点击**确认订单**。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" @@ -4150,7 +4366,7 @@ msgstr "在采购订单" msgid "" "On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " "related **Receipt**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在采购订单的右上角，你会按到一个和**收货**关联的按钮：" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 @@ -4166,7 +4382,7 @@ msgstr "从仓库的仪表盘" msgid "" "When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" " the list of your receipts to process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开**库存**应用，点击**# 待收**查看收货列表并处理。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" @@ -4181,14 +4397,14 @@ msgid "" "To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " "transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " "order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要处理库存调拨，只要简单的点击**确认**就可以完成调拨。一条信息会弹出问你是否要完成所有数量，如果是就点击**应用**。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 msgid "" "Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " ":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " "information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "补货可以自动进行。详情请参阅我们的文档:文档:`../../管理/调整/最小库存规则之MTO`" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" @@ -4202,7 +4418,7 @@ msgstr "安装销售模块" msgid "" "First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，你需要安装 **销售管理** 模块。进入菜单 :menuselection:`应用(Apps)` 并安装。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 msgid "Place a sale order" @@ -4212,7 +4428,7 @@ msgstr "下销售订单" msgid "" "Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" " team." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入**销售**应用，点击你所在团队的**报价单**按钮。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -4224,7 +4440,7 @@ msgstr "你将得到所有报价单的列表。点击**创建**按钮。" msgid "" "Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " "some products to your quotation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入**客户信息**并点击**添加新条目**在报价单中添加一些产品。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." @@ -4252,7 +4468,7 @@ msgstr "在销售订单的右上角，你会看到和**发货**相关的按钮 msgid "" "When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " "list of your receipts to process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开**库存**应用，点击**＃待做**查看收货单列表并处理。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" @@ -4273,7 +4489,7 @@ msgid "" "To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Vaidate** to complete the " "transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " "order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要处理库存转移。只要简单的点击**确认**就可以完成转移。一条信息会弹出来问你是否需要完成所有的数量，如果是的话点击**应用**。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." @@ -4284,7 +4500,7 @@ msgid "" "You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " "methods. Please read the document " ":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以容易的把发货单和不同的发货方式集成起来，请参阅文档:文档：`../../发货/设置/交货方式`。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 msgid "Advanced flows" @@ -4294,14 +4510,14 @@ msgstr "高级流程" msgid "" "In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " "Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在该文档中，演示的流程都是最简单的，Odoo也可以通过配置仓库的高级功能适应更多公司的需求。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 msgid "" "By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " "activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " "transfers**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认状况下，只配置了**收货**和**发货**，但是你还可以激活多库位和多仓库来处理**内部调拨**。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" @@ -4311,14 +4527,14 @@ msgstr "**路径**：可以使用推拉规则使流程自动化" msgid "" "**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " "warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**多步骤**收货和发货可以在每个仓库中很容易的被配置" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 msgid "" "Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" "docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " "**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "更多：**条码扫描**, **序列号 **, **批次**, **交叉转运**, **直运**, 和第三方 **货代 **集成 , **上架** 以及 **下架** 策略…… 所有这些都可以在Odoo实现。" #: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" @@ -4333,13 +4549,13 @@ msgid "" "The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " "follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " "different screens you need." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo的库存应用有一个实施向导，你可以参照者对系统进行配置。它是一个按部就班的和不同页面链接起来的手册。" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 msgid "" "Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" "right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在完成安装 **库存**应用之后，点击右上角的进度条产看实施向导。" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" @@ -4381,7 +4597,7 @@ msgid "" " should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" " inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " "and use your scanner optimally." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你想在你的仓库中用条码扫描枪设置操作，你需要在库存模块上安装**条码**应用。条码应用会引导着你优化配置并使用你的扫描枪。" #: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Routes" @@ -4402,14 +4618,14 @@ msgid "" " will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " "are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " "from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." -msgstr "" +msgstr "交叉转运区域是一个不存放产品的临时区域，只是用来管理把产品发给客户的地方。这会省掉很多仓库内部调拨时间以及存储过程。我们管理转运区域的产品，在那里产品直接从供应商处，只需要在我们的仓库过一下就直接发给客户。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " "docking and is it for me? `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关于更多关于如何构架你的仓库，请参阅`交叉转运是什么以及它是否是和我？`_`" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "Warehouse and routes" @@ -4420,13 +4636,13 @@ msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" " --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" " products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**库存**模块下，打开：`配置 --> 设置 --> 库位 & 仓库`，然后在**路线**中选择**产品使用高级路线**，然后点击**应用**。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 msgid "" "Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," " then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开：`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 仓库`，然后打开想要进行交叉转运的仓库并点击**编辑**。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" @@ -4449,7 +4665,7 @@ msgstr "点击**保存**" msgid "" "This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." -msgstr "本步骤生成了一个cross-docking路径，你可以在以下地方看到：菜单选项：`存货 --> 配置 --> 路径 --> 路径`。" +msgstr "本步骤生成了一个cross-docking路径，你可以在以下地方看到 :menuselection:`存货(Inventory) --> 配置(Configurations) --> 路径(Routes) --> 路径(Routes)` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 msgid "Cross Docking Route" @@ -4469,15 +4685,15 @@ msgstr "每一个拉规则现在可以被配置。用内部的实体库位类型 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr "：菜单选项：`收货区 --> Cross Dock`" +msgstr ":menuselection:`收货区(Input) --> Cross Dock`" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr "：菜单选项：`Cross Dock --> 出货区域`" +msgstr ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> 出货区域(Output)`" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr "：菜单选项：`出货区域 --> 客户`" +msgstr ":menuselection:`出货区域(Output) --> 客户(Customer)`" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 msgid "Product with cross dock" @@ -4520,7 +4736,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " "application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " "option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先需要选择多库位选项：在 **库存模块 **中的`配置 --> 设置` 。然后勾选**仓库进行多库位管理**选项。不要忘了勾选之后点击**应用**。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -4539,7 +4755,7 @@ msgid "" "click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " "Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " "**Create**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下一步是创建新的仓库，在库存模块，点击：`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 仓库`。现在就可以通过点击**创建**创建新的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -4552,7 +4768,7 @@ msgid "" "please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" " an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" +msgstr "需要注意的是**简称**非常的重要，它会出现在调拨单以及其余的仓库文档中，定义的时候需要足够简单并且易于理解(例如：WH/[库位的首字母])。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -4569,7 +4785,7 @@ msgid "" "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " "inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" " you can skip this step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你创建了一个新的仓库，你可能在此之前已经有一些实际的库存。这样的话你就需在Odoo中创建一个盘点。如果没有库存的话，就可以跳过该步骤。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -4577,7 +4793,7 @@ msgid "" "--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " "on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " "select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入库存管理应用模块，选择：`库存控制--> 库存调整 `。通过点击**创建**创建新的盘点。在**盘点参照**，**日期**中输入内容并确保选择正确的仓库和库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -4586,7 +4802,7 @@ msgid "" "**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " "not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " "orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "接下啦，点击**开始盘点**。会弹出一个你可以输入当前产品的窗口。选择添加新的条目并确认仓库中的**实际数量**。理论数量不能更改，因为它代表着采购和销售相关的计算数量。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -4603,26 +4819,26 @@ msgid "" "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" " units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " "proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后一步就是创建内部调拨。如果你想把2片产品从第一个产品呢转移到布鲁塞尔的另外一个仓库，可以按照以下步骤：" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在仪表盘上，选择两个仓库中的其中一个内部调拨。要这样做，点击菜单 :menuselection:`调拨(More) --> 转移(Transfer)`。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 msgid "" "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " "zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " "(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一个新的窗口会打开，在这里你可以选择源库位区域(这里是**旧的仓库**)和目标区域(在这里是位于布鲁塞尔的**新**仓库)。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过点击**添加新的条目**添加想要调拨的产品，做完之后不要忘了**确认**或者**标记为待做**。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -4634,7 +4850,7 @@ msgid "" "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " "products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你选择了**标记为代办**，Odoo会把调拨单转换为**等待可用**状态。点击**保留**来保留源仓库中需要保留的数量。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" @@ -4653,7 +4869,7 @@ msgid "" "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " "open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " "indicate how much products you process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.在右下角铅笔的图标上点击打开详细操作窗口。在新的窗口中你可以手工的输入你想处理的产品数量。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -4662,7 +4878,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " "if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " "backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你决定部分的完成调拨单(例如因为未知事件造成了部分产品不能发货)，Odoo会自动的问你是否需要创建一个**未完成单子**。如果你想稍后完成剩下部分就创建一个未完成单子，如果不打算稍后进一步操作就不创建未完成订单。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 msgid "What is a procurement rule?" @@ -4679,7 +4895,7 @@ msgid "" "such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" " the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " "dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" +msgstr "补货库存控制系统始于一个客户订单。在该策略下，公司只需要满足客户订单数量的产品即可。系统的一个先进性就是不会存放多余需求数量的产品，这样就减少了库存水平和存储成本。然而拉系统的一个缺点是在这种状况下极有可能遇到订单的困境，例如供应商不能及时的发货。这就让功能不能让公司顺利完成订单，并增加客户对公司的不满。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -4688,14 +4904,14 @@ msgid "" "not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " "by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " "of storing goods." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一个拉库存控制系统的例子是MTO，目的是是库存水平保持在之满足需求的最低水平，不多也不少，只是恰好满足客户的需求。MTO系统通过减少了存储空间总量消除了浪费，减少了储存的成本。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 msgid "" "Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick “Advance routing of products " -"using rules”." -msgstr "" +"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " +"using rules\"." +msgstr "补货规则是路线的一部分。进入库存应用>配置>设置，点击\"产品使用高级路径\"。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 msgid "Procurement rules settings" @@ -4788,7 +5004,7 @@ msgid "" "advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " "have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " "inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "库存控制的推系统包含需要满足客户需求的预测数量。公司在决定采购产品的数量时候需要预测客户将要采购哪些产品。相应的公司会生产足够的产品来满足预测的需求和销售或者把产品推到消费者那里。推库存的缺点是通常情况下预测和实际销售相比不精确，差异一年年的不同。推库存的另外一个问题是太多的产品留在了库存中。这就增加了公司的产品存储成本。一个优点是公司可以保证在库存中总是有足够的产品满足客户的订单，防止无法满足客户对产品的需求。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -4797,14 +5013,14 @@ msgid "" "move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " "specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " "be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一个推流程定义了库位如何和其余的库位链接起来，形成库位链。只要在源库位中给定数量的产品发生移动，通过在流程说明中配置的参数一个链式移动会自动的生成(目标库位，延迟，移动类型，分类账)。它可以自动的触发或者手动处理。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 msgid "" "Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" " rules**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "推规则是路线的构成，进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 并勾选 **产品使用高级路径规则** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 msgid "Push rules settings" @@ -4814,7 +5030,7 @@ msgstr "推规则设置" msgid "" "The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Routes`." -msgstr "在路径上设置推规则。进入：菜单选项：`配置 --> 路径`。" +msgstr "在路径上设置推规则。进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 路径(Routes)` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." @@ -4826,7 +5042,7 @@ msgid "" "is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " "the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " "quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这里你可以设置规则的条件。在该示例中，当货物在**收货区域**时候，需要被移动到质检区域，在3步收货流程中，会有另外一个推规则把货物从质检区域移动到库存中。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." @@ -4846,20 +5062,20 @@ msgid "" "The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" " route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " "waiting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "推规则会触发库存转移。通过路径中设置的规则，你会看到有些转移已经已经就绪并且在等待中。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 msgid "" "The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " "location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以上设置的推规则会创建一个从**库存／收货区域**到**库存／质检**区域的一个调拨。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 msgid "" "In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " "it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" " the main stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在该示例中，另外一个调拨在等待第二个调拨，它的逻辑是当质检过程的调拨完成后，产品就会移动到主要库存中。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 @@ -4874,7 +5090,7 @@ msgstr "如何使用路径？" msgid "" "A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" " advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "路线就是推规则和拉规则的合并整理。Odoo可以配置高级推／拉路径的配置，例如：" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" @@ -4888,20 +5104,20 @@ msgstr "管理每一个产品的默认库位" msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " "quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据业务需求在仓库中定义路线，例如质检，售后和供应商退货" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 msgid "" "Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " "products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过生成自动的租用产品的退回调拨来帮助管理租借" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 msgid "" "Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " "application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " "routing of products using rules**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "拉规则是路线的一部分，进入 **库存**应用中： `配置 --> 设置` 并勾选**产品的高级路径规则**。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 msgid "Pre-configured routes" @@ -4915,13 +5131,13 @@ msgstr "Odoo已经在仓库模块中预定义了一个路径。" msgid "" "In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouses`." -msgstr "在仓库模块中，进入:菜单选项：`配置 --> 仓库`。" +msgstr "在仓库模块中，进入：`配置 --> 仓库`。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 msgid "" "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " "**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**仓库配置**页面，**入库**和**出库**的选项会根据你的选择而创建响应的路线。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 msgid "Custom Routes" @@ -4931,7 +5147,7 @@ msgstr "定制路径" msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Routes`." -msgstr "在仓库模块中，进入:菜单选项：`配置 --> 路径`。" +msgstr "在仓库模块中，进入：`配置 --> 路径`。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -4948,7 +5164,7 @@ msgid "" "If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" " applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " "would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在路线中勾选了**仓库**，就需要设置该路径适用于哪个仓库。该路线可以被设置在该仓库中的所有满足路线中推拉规则的调拨中。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 msgid "Routes applied on products" @@ -4965,7 +5181,7 @@ msgid "" "Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " "(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," " select the route(s):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品(:`库存 --> 控制 --> 产品`). 在库存页面中,选择路线(可以多选):" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" @@ -4975,14 +5191,14 @@ msgstr "产品种类上使用的路径" msgid "" "If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " "categories it will be applied." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你勾选了**产品种类**，你需要手工的设置该产品属于那个种类。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 msgid "" "Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " "(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" " under the **Logistics** section :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品(:`配置 --> 产品种类 `).在**物流**部分选择路径(可以多选)：" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" @@ -5004,7 +5220,7 @@ msgstr "为了能正常使用，我们需要激活销售订单上的路径这一 msgid "" "In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在销售模块，进入：`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选**在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)**。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" @@ -5028,7 +5244,7 @@ msgid "" "On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " "**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " "**Preferred Routes**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在进行补货时，你可以强制使用想要使用的路线。在产品(：`库存控制 --> 产品`)，点击**补货需求 **。在**优先路线**旁边选择想要使用的路径。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 msgid "Make-to-Order Route" @@ -5040,7 +5256,7 @@ msgid "" "the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " "**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " "Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果想要无库存，或者保持最低库存，最好使用**按订单补货**的路径。然后和**买**或者**生产**的路径结合，之后系统就会根据路径设置在没有库存的时候自动触发采购订单或者生产订单。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 msgid "Product Costing" @@ -5068,7 +5284,7 @@ msgid "" "relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have" " to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will " "impact on company profits." -msgstr "" +msgstr "所有的这些组件不一定在每个交货单上都能使用，但是相关的组件必须要作为到岸价格的组成被考虑到。我们必须指定到岸成本来决定产品的销售价格，因为这会影响到公司的利润。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21 msgid "Applications configuration" @@ -5080,14 +5296,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check " "accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & " "**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，你需要激活使用到岸成本。进入：`库存模块 --> 配置 --> 设置`。检查会计选项 **产品成本计算包含到岸成本**＆**不间断的库存估值**，然后点击**应用**保存变更。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32 msgid "" "Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> " "Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price " "costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后进入：`采购模块 --> 配置 --> 设置`。勾选成本方法**使用'固定价','真实价'或者'平均价'成本核算方法**,然后点击**应用**保存变更。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 msgid "Landed Cost Types" @@ -5098,14 +5314,14 @@ msgid "" "Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed " "Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从创建特定不同的**到岸成本**的产品开始，例如空运费，保费或者关税。进入：`库存 --> 配置 --> 到岸成本类型`。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:52 msgid "" "Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time " "valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured " "on the product category." -msgstr "" +msgstr "到岸成本只适用于使用实时库存估值和实际成本方法的产品。成本方法可以在产品种类上设置。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57 msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer" @@ -5115,7 +5331,7 @@ msgstr "链接到岸成本到转移单上" msgid "" "To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " "Control --> Landed Costs`." -msgstr "要计算到岸成本，进入：菜单选项：`存货 --> 存货控制 --> 到岸成本 `。" +msgstr "要计算到岸成本，进入：`存货 --> 存货控制 --> 到岸成本 `。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -5128,18 +5344,18 @@ msgid "" "Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend " "you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be " "easier to keep track your postings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择记录到岸成本的会计分类账。我们建议为分类账创建特定的分类账。因为这样可以更加容易的追踪过账记录。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:75 msgid "" "Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split " "across the picking lines." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**计算**按钮产看到岸成本如何根据分配给各个调拨行" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:81 msgid "" "To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**确认**按钮确认到岸成本分配。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" @@ -5155,14 +5371,14 @@ msgid "" "to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " "products off the receiving shipment and put them into the most appropriate " "location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "好的仓库实施会考虑到把产品自动的调拨到正确的目的库位。下架就是把产品从收货的产品发出的过程，该过程把产品调拨到正确的库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 msgid "" "If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" " make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " "of a potential chemical reaction." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以防仓库中含有化学性质不稳定的物品，就要确保这些产品在存放时不能放的太近，以防止发生化学反映。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -5170,14 +5386,14 @@ msgid "" "affect on the destination location. Put away strategies are defined at the " "location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " "level)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "上架策略和下架策略有着同样的原则，但是作用于目标库位。商家策略在库位层面定义(不像下架策略定义在产品层面那样)。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " "option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" " using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入：`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并选择**仓库管理多库位和产品使用高级路径**，然后点击**应用**。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 msgid "Setting up a strategy" @@ -5198,7 +5414,7 @@ msgstr "我们可以把该类型产品放在不同的位置并维护产品数量 msgid "" "Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " "location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "假设有一个仓库库位**WH/Stock**并且有一个下级库位 **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -5206,14 +5422,14 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " "putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " "Strategy**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以创建一个上架策略，进入：`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位`。打开任何一个你想要设置上架策略的库位，点击**编辑**并选择**上架策略**。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 msgid "" "Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " "form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " "strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开滚动菜单并点击**创建并编辑**。这会打开一个上架策略的页面表单，在那里你可以设置上架策略，设置上架方法，固定库位等。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -5224,13 +5440,13 @@ msgstr "等你把所有必要信息输完之后，点击**保存**。" msgid "" "Now, when you will purchase products from those categories, they will " "automatically be transferred to the correct location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，当你要采购这些种类的产品时候，它们会自动的被移动到正确的库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 msgid "" "To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " "Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要检查当前库存，进入：`库存 --> 库存控制 --> 当前库存 `" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." @@ -5246,7 +5462,7 @@ msgid "" "Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " "products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " "control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下架策略在拣货过程中很有用，在拣货员对产品拣货的时候优化距离，质检或者到期产品管理等都非常有用。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -5254,26 +5470,26 @@ msgid "" "that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " "on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " "on the **location**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当产品的移动需要被完成的时候，Odoo会在系统内部找到该调拨单上的要求数量的可用数量。Odoo会根据设置在 **产品种类**或者**产品**上的**下架策略 **分配产品到该调拨单。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**库存**应用中，进入：`配置 --> 设置`:" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 msgid "" "Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " "warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " "**Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "勾选**追踪批次号还活着序列号**，**仓库进行多库位管理**和**产品的高级路线管理**，然后点击**应用**。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 msgid "" "Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " "location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，打开：`配置 --> 库位` 并打开需要设置出库策略的库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 msgid "Types of removal strategy" @@ -5290,13 +5506,13 @@ msgid "" "are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " "short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " "they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**先进先出**策略意味着先进来的产品会先出库。如果有销售易变质的产品，就应该使用FIFO的方法。如果公司销售周期性相对短的产品，例如服装，那么也最好使用FIFO，这样不至于在库存中囤积大量的过时产品。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入：`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位`，打开存货库位并设置**先进先出**的出库策略。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." @@ -5306,7 +5522,7 @@ msgstr "我们举个先进先出策略的例子" msgid "" "In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " "``iPod 32 Gb`` available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你的仓库库存(``仓库/库存``)库位中，``iPod 32 Gb``的产品有``3``个批次。 " #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -5321,7 +5537,7 @@ msgstr "创建一个数量为 ``25`` 的``iPod 32 GB``销售订单并确认该 msgid "" "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " "assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在出货单中你可以看到在使用先进先出的出库策略下系统自动带出的``Ipod 32 Gb`` 的批次是** 最旧** 的批次号。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" @@ -5332,19 +5548,19 @@ msgid "" "In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " "moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " "shelf life." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这种仓库管理中，最后买进的产品最先出库。后进先出用在后买进的产品没有足够的空间或者货架存放的状况下。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入：`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位`，打开库存库位并设置**先进先出**的出库策略。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 msgid "" "In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" " ``WH/Stock`` location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在我们的示例中，让我们来检查一下``WH/Stock``库位中的`Ipod 32 Gb`` 可用库存。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." @@ -5354,7 +5570,7 @@ msgstr "创建一个数量是``10``的``Ipod 32 Gb``的销售订单" msgid "" "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " "assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在出库单中你可以看到在使用后进先出的出库策略的状况下``Ipod 32 Gb`` 被分配的批次号是**最新的**批次号。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" @@ -5364,64 +5580,64 @@ msgstr "FEFO (到期先出)" msgid "" "In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" " according to their expiration date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在先到期先处的仓库管理中，系统会根据产品的到期日期的先后顺序分发产品。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " "option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" " to save changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入：`存货 --> 配置 --> 设置`。勾选**在序列号上定义到期日期**。然后点击**应用**保存变更。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 msgid "" "It will allow you to set **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert" " date** and **removal date** on the serial number. Go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这能够让你在序列号上设置**最佳日期**，**生命终止日期**，**移除日期**，**警示日期**。进入：`库存控制--> 序列号／批次号 `." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 msgid "" "**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this serial " "number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**最佳日期**：这个日期是该序列号的产品已经开始变质的日期，但是还没有危险。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 msgid "" "**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial " "number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**生命终止日期:**这是该序列号的产品已经产生危害并且不能使用的日期。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" "**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial " "Number should be removed from the stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**移除日期:**这是该序列号的产品需要从库存移除的日期。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:128 msgid "" "**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be notified about " "the goods with this serial number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**警示日期:**这是该序列号产品应该被警告通知的日期。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131 msgid "" "Products will pick first with expiry date (removal date), So you have to set" " removal date on lot/serial numbers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "带有到期日期(移除日期)的产品将被先移除掉，所以你需要在批次号／序列号上设置移除日期。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:134 msgid "" "To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Locations` and choose FEFO." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要在库位上设置出库策略，进入：`配置 --> 库位` 并选择FEFO。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 msgid "" "Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " "``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " "expiration date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "让我们举个例子，在``WH/Stock`` 库位中有``3``个批次的``冰淇淋``： ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` ，分别标有不同的到期日期。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:145 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" @@ -5468,19 +5684,19 @@ msgstr "2015-08-15" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 msgid "" "We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们将创建一个带有``15kg`` 的``冰淇淋``的销售订单并确认。 " #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:156 msgid "" "The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " "removal strategy **FEFO**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售订单相关的发货单将会根据**FEFO**的出库策略进行调拨。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 msgid "" "It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" " the removal dates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "它会根据批次上的移除日期从批次``LOT0002``拿出 ``10kg`，从``LOT0003`` 拿出 ``5kg``。" #: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 msgid "Settings" @@ -5499,7 +5715,7 @@ msgstr "如何使用包裹？" msgid "" "The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " "product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "包裹是一个你想在其中放置一个或者几个产品的实际的容器。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:11 msgid "By default, Odoo does not take into account the use of it." @@ -5509,14 +5725,14 @@ msgstr "默认状态下，Odoo不用该功能" msgid "" "Once you activate the option, you will be able to manage one or several " "packages when doing your transfers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦你激活了该选项，你就可以在调拨的时候管理一个或者多个包裹。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:19 msgid "" "To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. µ Locate the **Packages** section and tick " "**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要陪只如何使用包裹，进入菜单：`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`。找到**包裹**的位置并选择 **记录产品包裹的包材：栈板，盒子，……**" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:27 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 @@ -5531,36 +5747,36 @@ msgstr "打包产品" msgid "" "Putting products in packs is usually done when processing warehouses " "transfers (receipt, internals or deliveries)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "把产品分包通常在处理仓库调拨时完成(收货，内部调拨或者发货)。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:35 msgid "" "To be able to put products in pack, the status of your transfer has to be " "**Available**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要把产品放进一个包裹，调拨单的状态必须要是**可用**。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:41 msgid "" "In the operation tab, you can put your products into one or multiple " "packages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在操作页面，你可以把产品放进一个或者多个包裹中。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:44 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 msgid "" "Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " "column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**完成**栏位选择你想要放进该包裹的产品的数量，然后点击**放进一个包裹**链接。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "它会总动的创建所需数量的包裹。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "" +msgstr "其余的产品可以按照同样的步骤进行打包。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:57 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 @@ -5575,14 +5791,14 @@ msgstr "整个包裹的转移" msgid "" "If you are using several locations and/or warehouses, it is possible to " "transfer packages with its contents." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果有不同的库位和／或仓库，也有可能通过转移包裹来转移产品。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:68 msgid "" "You need to configure the **Operation Type** to allow moving packages. Go to" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operations Types`. Tick **Allow moving " "packs**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你需要设置**操作类型**为允许调拨包裹。进入：`配置 --> 操作类型 `。勾选 **允许调拨包裹**:" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:75 msgid "Transfer packages" @@ -5593,17 +5809,17 @@ msgid "" "Create a transfer order. Choose the source and the destination locations, " "then click on **Mark as todo**. Do not put anything under the **Initial " "Demand** tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个调拨单。选择源库位和目标库位，然后点击***标记为代办*。在**原始需求**页面不要放置任何内容。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:84 msgid "" "In the Operation tab, click on **Add an item** under the **Package To Move**" " section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在操作页面，在**要移动的包裹**下面点击**添加新的条目**。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:87 msgid "Tick the **Done** checkbox to confirm the move of the package :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**完成**勾选框确认包裹的移动：" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:92 msgid "When it is finished, click on **Validate**." @@ -5617,11 +5833,11 @@ msgstr "包裹追踪" msgid "" "To trace a package or check its content, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "Control --> Packages`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要追踪一个包裹或者包裹里面的明细，进入：`库存控制 --> 包裹`。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:103 msgid "Click on **Package Transfers** to see all its moves." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**包裹转移**查看所有的调拨。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:106 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 @@ -5647,12 +5863,12 @@ msgid "" " For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" " application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, " "you will need to convert the units." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有时候，很有必要使用产品的不同计量单位。例如，你在使用公制单位的国家采购但是却在使用英制单位的国家销售，这时就需要在单位之间转换。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 msgid "" "You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中你可以设置一个产品可以有不同的计量单位。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -5660,7 +5876,7 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " "sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " "**Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**库存**模块下，进入：`配置 --> 设置`。在 **产品**部分，选择**产品的采购/销售时可以使用不同的计量单位(高级)**，然后点击**应用**。 " #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "Setting up units on your products" @@ -5671,23 +5887,23 @@ msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which " "you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " "**Edit**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在：`库存控制 --> 产品`,打开你需要在采购/销售过程中使用不同计量单位的产品并点击**编辑**。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "" "In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " "will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**计量单位**部分，选择产品销售时候的计量单位以及内部调拨时候的计量单位。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 msgid "" "In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " "purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**采购计量单位**部分，选择采购时候的计量单位。完成之后点击**保存**。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击编辑按钮|编辑|创建新的计量单位。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" @@ -5696,13 +5912,13 @@ msgstr "从一种计量单位转换为另外一种" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 msgid "" "When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在做计量单位的内部转换时，Odoo会自动的四舍五入。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 msgid "" "The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " "condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." -msgstr "" +msgstr "计量单位在全程都可以变换。唯一的条件是这些计量单位都必须是同一类别。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" @@ -5724,12 +5940,12 @@ msgstr "在卖给客户的时候是按照一打来卖" msgid "" "The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " "**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**销售价格**用**产品的计量单位**表示。**成本价格**用**采购计量单位**表示" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 msgid "" "All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "所有的内部调拨都用**产品计量单位**表示。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 msgid "Procurement" @@ -5739,11 +5955,11 @@ msgstr "补货" msgid "" "When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " "measure." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在进行补货需求时，你还是可以更改计量单位。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在采购订单中也可以更改计量单位：" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "The quality control is done by unit." @@ -5753,13 +5969,13 @@ msgstr "质检过程按照单个检验" msgid "" "The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " "check is done by unit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品的最基本的计量单位是**个**。因此产品数量按个数检查。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 msgid "" "The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " "**Draft**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只有当调拨单状态是**草稿**状态时，计量单位才能更改。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 @@ -5771,23 +5987,23 @@ msgid "" "The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " "sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" " the unit to the dozen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "鸡蛋按打销售。你可以在销售订单上选择计量单位。在变换计量单位的时候，单位价格会根据一打的单位价格自动计算。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" " measure :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在发货单中，最初的需求用销售订单中的计量单位完成：" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 msgid "" "But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " "converted automatically :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "但是调拨使用产品的计量单位已经完成，所有都自动的转换：" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "何时应该使用包装，计量单位或者套装？" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 msgid "Unit of measures" @@ -5797,30 +6013,30 @@ msgstr "计量单位" msgid "" "Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." " Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." -msgstr "" +msgstr "计量单位是一个处理产品的标度的单位，产品可以使用不同计量单位表示。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 msgid "" "Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在你的仓库中使用不同的计量单位就激活该选项。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 msgid "" "The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" " warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "采购的计量单位可以和仓库中使用的计量单位不同。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 msgid "" "The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售的计量单位在销售订单上设置，也可以不同。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 msgid "" "The conversion between the different units of measures is done " "automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " "same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "不同计量单位之间的转换是自动完成的。唯一的条件是能够转换的计量单位必须是同一个种类(个，重量，容积，长度……)" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 msgid "Packages" @@ -5832,13 +6048,13 @@ msgstr "打包" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "包装是用来保护产品的物理容器。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 msgid "" "If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " "notice and the power plug." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你在销售电脑，包装里面会有电脑，说明书以及电源线。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." @@ -5848,7 +6064,7 @@ msgstr "在Odoo中，包装使用通常用于标识功能" msgid "" "You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " "only for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以在**包装**中定义使用哪种**包材**。但这只是象征性使用。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" @@ -5859,25 +6075,25 @@ msgid "" "For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " "individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" " of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，你现在在销售鸡蛋，在你的仓库里单个的管理鸡蛋，很多鸡蛋坏掉了，你要一个一个的报废。**计量单位**是``个(一个或很多)``" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 msgid "" "If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" " ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你按打销售鸡蛋，销售的 **计量单位 **就是``打``。你可以在销售订单上进行设置。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 msgid "" "The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " "**packaging**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "包含一打鸡蛋的 ``纸片托盘 ``就是**包材**。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 msgid "" "When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " "``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你销售几个托盘的鸡蛋时，你可能会把不同的托盘放进一个``箱子``或者一个``塑料``包装中，这就是**包裹**。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`packages`" @@ -5885,19 +6101,19 @@ msgstr ":doc:`packages`" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用产品型号(变体)" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " "like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " "(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品变量用来管理有不同变量的产品，例如尺寸，颜色等等。它可以让我们在产品模板层面对产品进行管理(所有的变量)，也可以在产品变量层面管理(特定一个变量)。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，一个销售ｔ血衫的公司可能有以下产品：" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 msgid "B&C T-shirt" @@ -5915,13 +6131,13 @@ msgstr "颜色：蓝色，红色，白色，黑色" msgid "" "In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " "T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在该示例中，**B&C ｔ血衫**是产品模板，**B&C ｔ血衫，S，蓝色**是一个产品变量，尺寸和颜色是**属性**。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" "The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." " Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以上示例总共有20个不同的产品(5中尺寸x4种颜色)。每一个产品都会有自己的库存，销售信息，等等。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 msgid "Impact of variants" @@ -5931,7 +6147,7 @@ msgstr "变动的影响" msgid "" "**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " "template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**条码**：编码和条码和一个产品型号绑定，而不是一个产品模板。每个型号都可以有自己的条码／SKU。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -5939,7 +6155,7 @@ msgid "" "based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " "(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " "the template or the variant." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**价格**：每个产品变量都会根据自己的额外属性价格(红色额外加$3)在产品模板的价格 ($20)计算出自己的价格。然而，你还可以依据产品模板或者产品变量定义价格表。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -5948,20 +6164,20 @@ msgid "" "information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " "that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " "variant)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**存货**：存货在产品变量层面管理。你拥有的不是ｔ血衫，而是\"ｔ血衫, S, 红色\", 或者\"ｔ血衫, M, 蓝色\"。需要注意的是，在产品模板上你看到的产品数量是该产品模板下面所有变量的数量总和。(但是实际数量需要看产品变量)" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 msgid "" "**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " "product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**图片**：图片和产品型号关联，每个型号可以有自己主要的图片。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 msgid "" "**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " "If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " "Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**其余字段**：大部分其他字段属于产品模板。如果你对他么恩进行更新，它会自动地更新到所有相关的型号上。(例如:主营业务收入科目，税)" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 msgid "Should you use variants?" @@ -5980,7 +6196,7 @@ msgid "" "**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " "templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " "will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**电商**：在你的在线商铺，客户只会在分类页面看到产品模板。一旦访客点击这样的产品，他将能在众多的型号中间进行选择(颜色，尺寸，……)" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -5989,7 +6205,7 @@ msgid "" "Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" " create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " "specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**生产**：使用型号可以基于产品模板和各种型号质检的细微差别只定义一个物料表。例如：你可以创建一个\"T血衫\"并添加一些特定尺寸例如S的行以及特定颜色例如红色的行，从而代替创建物料表\"T血衫, 红色, S\"。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -5998,7 +6214,7 @@ msgid "" "the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" " have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " "pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**价格**：产品的默认价格是产品模板的价格加上型号上特定属性的额外价格。这样，型号的价格维护起来就很容易，你不必在每个型号上维护，当然也可以使用价格表规则固定每个型号的价格。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" @@ -6009,21 +6225,21 @@ msgid "" "Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " "should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " "of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用变量有可能会增加操作的复杂程度，当你要使用产品的变量属性时，你要确保这样做只会减少操作的复杂程度。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 msgid "" "As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" " use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " "product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，如果使用型号的话，在导入期初数据的时候就比较麻烦。你不能只是导入产品的列表，还必须要导入产品模板以及相关的型号。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 msgid "" "In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " "you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " "example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "另外，你需要谨慎的选择尺寸作为变量，这些都术语一个单独的产品模板。局一个例子，一个公司有如下产品：" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" @@ -6048,7 +6264,7 @@ msgid "" "different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " "shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " "e-Commerce:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在该用户案例中，你可以创建1个带有尺寸变量的模板(布局，ｔ血衫，保罗)。但是，我们还是建议你创建两种不同的产品把保罗或者衬衫分开，并且在你的电脑上网站客户也乐意看到这样分：" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" @@ -6069,7 +6285,7 @@ msgid "" "menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " "Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " "attributes**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你使用产品变量之前，你需要在设置中激活产品变量。要这样做，你需要进入销售模块，在菜单：`配置 --> 设置`，找到 ** 产品变形 **　行，然后勾选 ** 产品可以有多个变体 ** ,然后点击 ** 应用 ** 。 " #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "Creating products with variants" @@ -6080,7 +6296,7 @@ msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦你激活了变量选项，你就可以给产品添加变量。要这样做的话，进入销售模块：`销售 --> 产品`。还可以从采购和库存模块进入产品页面。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." @@ -6092,39 +6308,39 @@ msgid "" "purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " "To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " "**Create**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在产品页面，一个新的变量页面显示出来。在页面上方的紫色数字是当前该产品的变量数量。要添加新的变量，点击该按钮，在新的窗口，点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 msgid "" "In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " "variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " "it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 ** 属性 ** 中，点击下拉菜单并选择你要添加的变量类型。。如果变量不存在，你可以通过点击创建和编辑随手创建……" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 msgid "" "In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " "attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " "type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在属性窗口， ** 值 ** 字段是属性的描述例如绿色，塑料或者32G，**属性** 字段是变量的类型例如颜色，材料或者内存。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 msgid "" "You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " "**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " "**Save**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以在**属性额外价格**字段顺便给特定型号添加相关成本，或者选择稍后更改，点击**保存**。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 msgid "" "You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可以给型号添加不同的条码以及内部参考码。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 msgid "" "When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " "**Save**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成输入该型号的所有的特定属性后，点击**保存**。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 msgid "Managing Product Variants" @@ -6134,7 +6350,7 @@ msgstr "管理产品型号" msgid "" "The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " "variant attributes :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下示例就是一个产品模板上的两个不同属性的型号产品：" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 msgid "T-Shirt B&C" @@ -6157,19 +6373,19 @@ msgid "" "By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " "(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size does not exist for red and blue " "t-shirts, you can deactivate this product variant." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认地，基于以上的产品模板，你得到15个不同的产品(3种颜色，5种尺寸)，如果XXL号的红色和蓝色不存在，你可以设定这两个产品型号无效。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" "To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." " From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " "XXL." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要这样做的话，点击**型号**按钮，选择XXL，白色Ｔ血衫。在产品页面上，不勾选XXL，白色Ｔ血衫这个产品**有效**框。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 msgid "" "That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使产品无效不同于设定产品的库存为0." #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 msgid "Setting a price per variant" @@ -6179,7 +6395,7 @@ msgstr "根据型号设置价格" msgid "" "You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " "product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对产品的有些型号你可以添加超过主要价格的成本。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -6187,18 +6403,18 @@ msgid "" "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " "**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦你激活了产品变量选项，你就可以在产品上添加产品变量。要这样做，进入销售模块，打开：`销售 --> 产品`并点击你想要更改的产品，点击 ** 变量价格 ** 按钮来查看变量列表。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 msgid "" "Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " "editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " "variant that will be added to the original price." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击你想要添加值的变量名称，确保3个字段可编辑。在**额外属性价格**字段你，添加该变量的成本，他会自动的和原始价格相加。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." -msgstr "一旦你输入了所有的额外值，点击***保存*。" +msgstr "一旦你输入了所有的额外值，点击 **保存**。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" @@ -6209,7 +6425,7 @@ msgid "" "In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " "are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " "warehouses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中，在Odoo中**仓库**是你存放货物的实际的建筑／地方。你可以设置多仓库并在不同的仓库质检调拨。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -6218,7 +6434,7 @@ msgid "" "aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " "not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " "as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**库位**是仓库中的一个特定的位置。它可以被认为是仓库的下级，一个货架，一层楼，一个通道，等等。因此，一个库位只能是你的仓库的一部分，不能把一个库位和多个仓库链接起来。在一个仓库下你可以配置足够多的库位。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" @@ -6229,14 +6445,14 @@ msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " "warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " "unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**物理库位**是你所拥有的仓库中的内部库位，是你的仓库的一部分。它们可以是仓库中的装货区域，卸货区域，货架或者一个区域，等等。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " "warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " "difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**业务伙伴库位**是客户和／或供应商仓库中的位置。它们和物理库位的使用一样，只不过这些库位的所有者不是你。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -6245,7 +6461,7 @@ msgid "" "anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " "your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " "account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**虚拟库位**是指在你仓库中没有实际物理地方的位置，但是库存中没有实际存放(或是不再有)的产品可以放置在这里。当你要把产品移出你的库存(在**盘点库位**)，或者要计算那些已经采购但是还在路途中(**补货库位**)没有到你的仓库的产品的数量的时候,就可以很方便的使用这种库位。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -6253,7 +6469,7 @@ msgid "" "locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " "you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " "organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中，库位按照级别进行架构组织。根据库位之间的父－子关系，你可以把库位配置为一个树形结构。这能让你对库存操作进行详细的分析以及对仓库进行更好的管理。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 @@ -6280,14 +6496,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" " section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " "click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了能创建一个新的库位，你需要能让系统进行多库位管理。在**库存**模块中，打开菜单：`配置 --> 设置`。在**库位＆仓库**的地方选择**仓库进行多库位管理**，然后点击**应用**。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " "**Create**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**库存**模块中，打开：`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 库位`，在库位窗口下，点击**创建**。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -6295,13 +6511,13 @@ msgid "" " **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " "partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" " to a location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**库位名称**字段键入库位的名称。并在列表中选择**父库位**。父库位可以是一个物理库位或者虚拟库位，然后你可以按照需要添加足够多的下级库位。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 msgid "" "You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" " describe your location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你还可以在**额外信息**字段输入并为该库位添加一段描述。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." @@ -6312,12 +6528,12 @@ msgid "" "A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " "hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " "containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一个仓库和一个库位对应，因为库位是分级的，Odoo会自动的创建一个仓库的父库位，随后所有的库位在该库位下。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":文档:`difference_warehouse_location`" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" @@ -6330,30 +6546,30 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" " section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " "click on **apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了能够床架一个新的仓库，你必须要让系统允许管理多库位。在**库存**模块下，打开菜单：`设置 --> 配置`。在**库位&仓库**位置，点选**仓库多位置管理**的勾选框。然后点击**应用**。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 msgid "" "Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " "Warehouses`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开菜单：`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 仓库`" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 msgid "" "In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " "fields :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在仓库页面中，点击**创建**，一个新的带有3个字段的页面会出来：" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**仓库名称**，插入仓库的全名。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 msgid "" "In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " "Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " "make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**简称**字段，输入一个仓库的5-位编码 。注意该编码会显示在库位的列表中，所以务必确保该简称能简明且清晰的代表你的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -6361,17 +6577,17 @@ msgid "" "on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " "one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " "edit it afterwards." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**地址**字段，你可以选择一个系统存在的公司或者顺手创建一个新的。因此，你的仓库的地址回合你所选公司的地址一样。你还可以把该字段留空，然后稍后进行编辑。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**保存**完成新仓库的配置。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 msgid "" "When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " "types and main child locations for this main location in the background." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你创建了仓库，系统会自动的在后台创建调拨类型以及该主要库位的下级库位。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Operations" @@ -6385,17 +6601,17 @@ msgstr "如何取消发给货代的发货请求？" msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同交货方式，包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和第三方货代公司的追踪系统链接。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这会让你能够管理货运公司，实际价格和目的地。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以轻易的取消已经到货代系统中的货运请求。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" @@ -6405,7 +6621,7 @@ msgstr "如何取消发货请求？" msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果交货单还没有**被确认**，那么该请求不会生效。你可以取消该发货单或者变更货代。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -6413,7 +6629,7 @@ msgid "" "should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" " the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " "Tracking Ref**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你点击了**确认**，发货请求就已经生成，你可以得到云帆好以及标签。你可以可以取消该请求，只需要在**货运单号**旁边的**取消**点击即可。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." @@ -6432,7 +6648,7 @@ msgid "" "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " "get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在取消发货请求后，你可以把货代变更为你想要的。通过点击**发送给货代**按钮确认。你会得到一个新的运单号以及一张新的标签。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 @@ -6455,7 +6671,7 @@ msgstr "有两种方式给运费开票：" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "和客户达成一个协议成本价并在销售订单中固定下来" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." @@ -6466,19 +6682,19 @@ msgid "" "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " "Methods`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要给交货方式配置价格。进入**库存**应用，点击：`配置 --> 交货 --> 交货方式`。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 msgid "" "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " "rules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以手工的给运费设置价格：可以是固定的也可以根据相关规则。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 msgid "" "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " "document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "或者你可以使用货运公司的计算系统。点击文档：`../设置/第三方货代`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" @@ -6493,21 +6709,21 @@ msgstr "按销售订单上的价格开票" msgid "" "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " "**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在销售订单上，选择正确的货代。点击并选择正确的**发货方式**。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你点击**保存**销售订单或者点击**设置价格**的时候计算价格。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 msgid "" "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要给销售订单上的交货价格开票，点击**设置价格**，它会在销售订单上添加一个交货方式名称的产品。价格和实际价格可能会不同。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -6564,7 +6780,7 @@ msgid "" "linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " "manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " "finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式，包含与第三方的货代的追踪信息集成。它可以让你管理货运公司，运输的实际价格和目的地。最终，你可以在Odoo直接打印运单上的标签。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 @@ -6576,7 +6792,7 @@ msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**库存**模块，点击：`配置 --> 设置`，在**货代接口**的下方标识你想要集成的货运公司：" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 @@ -6590,7 +6806,7 @@ msgstr "配置发货方式" msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要配置交货方式，进入**库存**模块，点击:`配置 --> 交货方式 `。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -6602,7 +6818,7 @@ msgstr "选定货代的发货方式已经被自动创建。" msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " "will be handled and computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**价格**页面，货代供应商的名称意味着该发货单会被货代的系统处理和计算。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" @@ -6612,19 +6828,19 @@ msgstr "货代的配置被分成两栏：" msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" " more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "第一个和**你的账户**链接(开发关键字，密码，……)。更多信息请参见货运供应商的网站。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 msgid "" "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " "packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "第二栏根据**供应者**的不同而有所差别。你可以选择包材类型，服务类型，单位重量……" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦完成测试，就不要勾选**测试模式**。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 @@ -6636,7 +6852,7 @@ msgstr "公司配置" msgid "" "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " "information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了计算正确的价格，供应商需要知道你的公司信息。确保地址和电话号码的信息都是正确的。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 @@ -6644,7 +6860,7 @@ msgid "" "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " "**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " "data**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要查看你的信息，进入**设置**应用并点选**通用设置**。点击第一个链接**配置公司信息**。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 @@ -6656,19 +6872,19 @@ msgstr "产品配置" msgid "" "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " "computation cannot be done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "货代公司需要产品的重量，不然运输价格不能计算。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入 **销售**模块，点击：`销售 --> 产品`。打开需要发货的产品并维护重量。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" " the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品页面上的重量的默认计量单位是千克。如果使用英制计量单位的话，不要忘了单位之间的转换。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" @@ -6678,25 +6894,25 @@ msgstr "如何打印发货标签？" msgid "" "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " "information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从销售订单创建的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息，但是如果你需要的话，你可以变更货代。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 msgid "" "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" " third party shipper in the additional info tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你在存货模块下创建一个发货转移，你可以在额外的信息页签中添加第三方货代信息。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**确认**接收追踪号和**标签(可以多张)**." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 msgid "" "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "黏贴在包裹上的标签可以在下方的历史信息中找到：" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" @@ -6706,30 +6922,25 @@ msgstr "点击打开文档并打印：" msgid "" "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " "one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你在使用多包裹发货功能，大多数情况下，每一个包裹一个标签。每张标签都可以显示在交货历史中。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何管理同一张交货单的多个包裹？" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 msgid "" "By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " "But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " "fully integrated with the third-party shippers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认状况下，Odoo会认为发货单只有一个包裹构成，但是你可以在一张发货单上配置多个包裹。它和第三方货运公司完全集成起来。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 msgid "" "To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " "**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "销售过程" +msgstr "要配置包裹的使用，进入：`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`。找到**包裹**的位置并选择**在包装上记录包材:栈板，箱子，……**" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 @@ -6739,7 +6950,7 @@ msgstr "销售订单" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**交货方式**选择正确的一个。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" @@ -6749,11 +6960,11 @@ msgstr "多包裹发货" msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从销售订单创建的发货单会带出发货信息。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这里，你可以把要发的货物分成不同的包" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" @@ -6764,13 +6975,13 @@ msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " "The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " "the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦交货单被确认后，你就能收到追踪号。**运单追踪号**会被自动填好。点击货运供应商网站上的**追踪**按钮可以查看你的发货单。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 msgid "" "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " "underneath:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要黏贴在包裹上的**标签**可以在下面的历史信息中找到：" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Setup" @@ -6785,14 +6996,14 @@ msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " "default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " "but also on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式，但是该功能在默认设置下没有激活。交货方式可以用在销售订单上，交货单上还可以用在电商中。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 msgid "" "Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " "the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " "compute the real price and the packagings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "交货方式能让你管理货代供应商的公司，价格以及目的地。你甚至还可以集成Odoo和外部的货运公司来计算实际价格和包装" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 msgid "Install the inventory module" @@ -6803,14 +7014,14 @@ msgid "" "Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " "**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" " order to see it :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "交货方式是由**发货成本**模块处理的。进入**APP**并搜索该模块。s搜索的时候你需要在过滤栏位移除**APP**：" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 msgid "" "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" " install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "" +msgstr " 如果你想把交货方式和电商集成，你需要安装 ** 电商发货**模块。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." @@ -6826,28 +7037,28 @@ msgid "" "If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " "price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " "option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果价格是固定的，点选**固定价格**。你只需要定义一个价格。如果你想要在在达到一定数量时免运费，点选**如果总量大于某一点免运费**并设置一个价格。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 msgid "" "If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " "**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " "weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果价格根据规则不同而不同，点选**基于规则**。点击**添加一个价格规则的新条目**。选择一个或者基于重量，容积，价格或者数量的条件。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " "can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " "limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最终我们可以把发货方式局限在几个目的位置。你可以把它们限制为一些国家，省份甚至邮编。这种特性限制了电商的国家列表。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 msgid "" "You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " "price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以把Odoo和外部的货代公司进行集成，这样可以计算实际的价格，包装，以及处理打印装箱单的标签等。参照：`第三方货代`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -6855,7 +7066,7 @@ msgid "" "to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在你吗可以在销售订单上选择**交货方式**。如果你想在销售订单上对运费进行开票，，点击**设置价格**，它就会把交货方式作为一种产品名称添加到订单行上。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 @@ -6870,7 +7081,7 @@ msgstr "你可以在发货单上添加或者变更发货方法" msgid "" "On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " "chosen delivery method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在发货单上，查看**货代信息**。货代就是发货方式" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" @@ -6891,14 +7102,14 @@ msgid "" "Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " "allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式，包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和货运公司的追踪系统链接。这会让你管理货代公司，运输价格以及目的地。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid "" "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在库存模块，点击：：`配置 --> 设置`。在**货运接口**下方，标识出你想要集成的货代公司：" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -6906,7 +7117,7 @@ msgid "" "created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" " provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" " shipping." -msgstr "" +msgstr "货代供应商的交货方式已经自动创建了。大多数情况下，一些货代供应商会有**2**种交货方式：一个是**国际运输**，一个是**国内运输**。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -6947,19 +7158,19 @@ msgid "" "the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " "providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " "United States." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最终我们可以把发货方式局限在几个目的位置。你可以把它们限制为一些国家，省份甚至邮编。这种特性限制了电商的国家列表。对国内的用户很有用。例如 USPS US只在美国国内运输。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "进入菜单:菜单选项：`销售 --> 销售 --> 产品`。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。" +msgstr "进入菜单：`销售 --> 销售 --> 产品`。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " "make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品页面中的重量默认的用千克表示。如果使用英制单位，不要忘了进行转换。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -6985,27 +7196,178 @@ msgid "" "Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" " document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "不然，实际价格(发货单确认的时候会计算)会自动的添加到发票中。详情请参照文档：`../操作/开票`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售订单产生的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息。如果有需要的话，可以更改货代信息。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 msgid "" "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" " be computed once the transfer is validated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发货重量根据产品的重量计算。一旦调拨确认后运输成本就会计算。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" " ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " "to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击 **确认**接收追踪号码。**运单号**字段会被自动填上。在货代的网站上点击**追踪**按钮查看发货单。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "如何得到用于集成UPS的证书？" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Please note that only those customers that are based in the US can open a " +"UPS account number online. If you are located in a country other than the " +"US, you will need to contact Customer Service for your country location to " +"open UPS account number." +msgstr "请注意，只有那些在美国的客户可以打开一个账户号码在线。如果您是在一个国家以外的国家，您需要联系客户服务为您的国家的位置，以开放的帐户号码。" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In order to use the UPS APIs from Odoo, you will need to have the items " +"listed below:" +msgstr "为了能在Odoo中使用UPS APIs，你需要先有下列清单：" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "UPS.com的用户ID和密码" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "UPS account number" +msgstr "UPS账号" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Access Key" +msgstr "访问关键字" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" +" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "访问密钥是一个16字符的字母数字代码，允许访问的窗口开发工具包的开发和生产服务器。" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "Create an UPS Account" +msgstr "创建UPS账户" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:25 +msgid "To register with MyUPS.com, please follow these steps:" +msgstr "要用MyUPS.com注册，请遵循以下步骤：" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "1．用`www.ups.com `登入UPS.com网站并在页面上方点击**新用户**。" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:31 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "2．点击**MyUPS注册**按钮，按照以下流程完成注册过程。" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open an account with UPS and receive a UPS shipper number, please follow " +"the steps below:" +msgstr "要打开UPS的账户并接收UPS运单号，请参照以下步骤：" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"`http://www.ups.com/content/de/en/contact/index.html?WT.svl=Footer " +"`__" +msgstr "`http://www.ups.com/content/de/en/contact/index.html?WT.svl=Footer `__" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a UPS.com user ID profile you will need to add your " +"UPS account number to your UPS.com profile, please follow the steps below:" +msgstr "一旦你创建了UPS.com 用户 ID架构，就需要把你的UPS账号添加到你的UPS.com 架构中，请参照如下步骤：" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com `__)" +" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +msgstr "1．使用UPS.com的用户ID和密码登陆UPS.com网站 (`http://www.ups.com `__)" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "点击**My UPS**页签。" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:49 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "点击 **账户汇总**链接。 " + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:51 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "4．在该页的**UPS 账户详情** 部分点击 **添加现有的UPS账户** 链接。" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country automatically " +"defaults to United States. If desired, select the **Make this my default " +"payment account** link to set the account as the default billing method for " +"the profile." +msgstr "5．在**添加新的账号**页面，输入**UPS 账号**，**账户名**，以及**邮政编码**等字段。默认的国家是美国。如果需要的话，选择**该付款账户作为默认账户**链接来设置该账户作为默认的付款方式。" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "点击 **下一个**按钮继续。 " + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "获取访问密匙" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user ID profile you can" +" request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "在完成添加UPS 账户到用户ID之后，你可以按照以下步骤从UPS请求一个访问密匙：" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:68 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password." +msgstr "使用用户ID和密码登陆UPS.com。" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:70 +msgid "" +"2. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " +"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " +"`__" +msgstr "2. 进入 **UPS Developer Kit** 网站页面 `https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US `__" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "点击 ** 请求访问密匙** 。 " + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "Verify the **Primary Contact Information**" +msgstr "确认 ** 主要联系方式 ** " + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:77 +msgid "Enter the **Secondary Contact Information**" +msgstr "输入 ** 第二联系方式 ** " + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:79 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "点击 ** 请求访问密匙 ** 按钮。" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once completed, the **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, " +"and an email with the Access Key will be sent to the email address for the " +"primary contact information." +msgstr "一旦完成，你就能在网站页面看到**访问密匙**，带有访问密匙的电子邮件会发到你之前输入的用于联系的电子邮件中。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index d6f3b2b95..2ac1ac8a2 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -3,15 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. # # Translators: +# Gary Wei , 2016 # Melody , 2015 -# mrshelly , 2015 +# mrshelly , 2015-2016 +# wxb , 2016 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-21 11:00+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-03 03:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 珠海-老天 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-03 14:22+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: wxb \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr "如何在产品上使用折扣标签" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5 msgid "This tutorial will describe how to use discount tags on products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本例子将讲述如何在产品上使用折扣标签。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:8 msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" @@ -70,11 +72,11 @@ msgstr "扫描产品条形码" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:36 msgid "If you go back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你回到**仪表盘**并且开始一个**新会话**" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:41 msgid "You have to scan:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "您需要扫描:" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43 msgid "the product" @@ -82,21 +84,21 @@ msgstr "产品" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45 msgid "the discount tag" -msgstr "" +msgstr "折扣标签" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:47 msgid "When the product is scanned, it appears on the ticket" -msgstr "" +msgstr "当产品扫描后，会更新到相应的票据上" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:52 msgid "" "Then when you scan the discount tag, ``50%`` discount is applied on the " "product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后只要扫描折扣标签，该产品就会执行``50%`` 折扣。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:58 msgid "That's it, this how you can use discount tag on products with Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这就是你如何在Odoo中在产品上使用折扣。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:61 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:114 @@ -160,7 +162,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "How to create & run a loyalty & reward system" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何创建&运营忠诚度&奖励机制" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:6 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:41 @@ -179,22 +181,22 @@ msgstr "配置" msgid "" "In the **Point of Sale** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**销售点**应用中，进入：`配置 --> 设置`。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:14 msgid "" "You can tick **Manage loyalty program with point and reward for customers**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以勾选**设置忠诚项目并且给客户奖励 **。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:21 msgid "Create a loyalty program" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建忠诚项目" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:23 msgid "" "After you apply, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Loyalty Programs` " "and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你申请后，进入：`配置 --> 忠诚项目` 并点击**创建**。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -205,27 +207,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:33 msgid "To do this click on **Add an item** under **Rules**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要这样做，就在下面的**规则**点击**添加新的条目**。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:38 msgid "You can configure any rule by setting some configuration values." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以通过设置一些配置值配置任何规则。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40 msgid "**Name**: An internal identification for this loyalty program rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**名称**：一个忠诚项目的内部标识" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:41 msgid "**Type**: Does this rule affects products, or a category of products?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**类型**：该规则是否影响到产品或产品的内部分类？" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:42 msgid "**Target Product**: The product affected by the rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**目标产品**:规则影响到的产品" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:43 msgid "**Target Category**: The category affected by the rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**目标种类**：规则影响到的种类" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -253,7 +255,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:57 msgid "Three types of reward can be given:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "能提供三种类型奖励：" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -273,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:77 msgid "Applying your loyalty program to a point of sale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "把你的忠诚度项目应用在某的销售点上" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:79 msgid "On the **Dashboard**, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." @@ -285,7 +287,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:90 msgid "Gathering and consuming points" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收集好消耗点数" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:92 msgid "To start gathering points you need to set a customer on the order." @@ -293,11 +295,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:94 msgid "Click on **Customer** and select the right one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**客户**并选择正确的" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:96 msgid "Loyalty points will appear on screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "忠诚点数会显示在屏幕上。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -328,16 +330,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:13 msgid "Discount on the product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品上的折扣" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:15 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:8 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **New Session**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在仪表盘上，点击 **新的会话**：" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:20 msgid "You will get into the main point of sale interface :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你会进入主销售点界面：" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:76 @@ -357,7 +359,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:38 msgid "Global discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "全局折扣" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -384,7 +386,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:68 msgid "Set a global discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置一个全局折扣" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -401,7 +403,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 msgid "How to accept credit card payments in Odoo POS using Mercury?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "怎样用Mercury在Odoo POS使用信用卡接收付款？" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -425,7 +427,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:26 msgid "Mercury Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mercury配置" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -457,12 +459,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:60 msgid "Save the modifications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "保存更改。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:63 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 msgid "Register a sale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记销售" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -473,11 +475,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:71 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:114 msgid "You will get the main point of sale interface:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你会看到销售点主界面：" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:82 msgid "Payment with credit cards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "信用卡付款" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -493,7 +495,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 msgid "How to manage multiple cashiers?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何管理多个钱箱？" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -503,7 +505,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 msgid "Switch cashier without any security" -msgstr "" +msgstr "无需安全设置在转换钱箱" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -516,11 +518,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:123 msgid "On the top of the screen click on the **user name**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在屏幕上方点击**用户名称**。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:23 msgid "And switch to another cashier." -msgstr "" +msgstr "并且转换到另外一个钱箱。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -529,7 +531,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:34 msgid "Switch cashier with pin code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用pin码转换钱箱" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -539,26 +541,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:45 msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后点击**管理登陆权限**。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:50 msgid "" "**Edit** the cashier and add a security pin code on the **Point of Sale** " "tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**编辑**钱箱并在**销售点**页面添加安全pin码。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 msgid "Change cashier" -msgstr "" +msgstr "变更钱箱" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:59 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:118 msgid "On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**仪表盘**点击**新的会话**。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:69 msgid "Choose your **cashier**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择你的**钱箱**：" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -598,7 +600,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:116 msgid "Change Cashier" -msgstr "" +msgstr "变更前箱" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -608,7 +610,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:132 msgid "Assign session to a user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "给用户分配一个会话" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -627,7 +629,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:151 msgid "Assign a default point of sale to a cashier" -msgstr "" +msgstr "把默认销售点赋予一个钱箱" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -647,7 +649,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:3 msgid "How to register customers?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何注册客户？" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:6 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:21 @@ -737,7 +739,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 msgid "Getting daily sales statistics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "获取每日销售统计" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:7 msgid "Point of Sale statistics" @@ -1106,7 +1108,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:115 msgid "Wi-Fi configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wi-Fi 配置" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -1917,7 +1919,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:125 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:59 msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index e26b874c1..4433c9c31 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -3,16 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. # # Translators: -# Gary Wei , 2015 +# Gary Wei , 2015-2016 # Melody , 2015 # mrshelly , 2015-2016 +# zyx , 2016 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-16 15:52+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-03 04:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: mrshelly \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-24 13:44+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-25 10:50+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -38,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "" " during the implementation of the project. These issues have to be solved " "and followed up as fast as possible in order to ensure the deliverability of" " the project and a positive customer satisfaction." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一家提供服务的公司经常会处理在项目实施过程中遇到的问题。这些问题必须尽快跟进和解决以便确保项目的交付和客户满意。" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -48,7 +49,7 @@ msgid "" "which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an customer support email." " This way, the issue can then be assigned directly to an employee and can be" " closed more quickly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，作为一家提供软件服务的IT公司，你可以跟客户邮件处理技术问题。Odoo提供了这项功能，她可以在收到客户需要支持的邮件后，自动匹配到相应的项目上并生成任务。这样的话，问题就会分派给对应的人员来尽快解决。" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18 #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 @@ -63,7 +64,7 @@ msgid "" "The following configuration are needed to be able to use projects for " "support and issues. You need to install the **Project management** and the " "**Issue Tracking** modules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下面的配置要求能用项目来提供支持。你需要安装“项目管理”和“问题追踪”模块。" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31 msgid "Create a project" @@ -79,13 +80,13 @@ msgid "" "**Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set the" " Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your client " "will be able to follow his claim in his portal)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "第一步是为了配置问题管理系统，需要建立一个项目来与这些投诉相关联。我们可以简单地从创建一个“支持项目”开始。进入项目菜单仪表盘，创建并命名为“支持”。勾选“问题”选项框，如果你想给给这些问题标上客户，也可以在这里重命名 （例如“Bugs”或者“例子”）。因为问题是面向客户的任务，你可能需要设置“隐私/可见” （这样你的客户就能够在他界面跟踪他的投诉了）。" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43 msgid "" "You can link the project to a customer if the project has been created to " "handle a specific client issues, otherwise you can leave the field empty." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果这个项目是用来处理客户问题，你可以把它跟客户相关联。" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51 msgid "Invite followers" @@ -98,7 +99,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click" " on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add " "others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "问题一旦被创，你就可以决定通知到你的员工。在“聊天室” （屏幕下方），你可以看到两个按钮“加入”（绿色）“不加入”（白色）。点击第一个就可以收到私人通知，第二个可以添加其他员工作为项目的使用者。" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63 msgid "Set up your workflow" @@ -113,7 +114,7 @@ msgid "" "dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " "edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on " "your desired stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以根据你的工作流来个性化你的项目状态，通过创建新栏目。在”看板“里面，你可以添加新的项目状态。如果你想更改状态的顺序，你只需要通过拖拉的动作即可。同时你也可以修改，隐藏你想要隐藏的状态。" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77 msgid "Generate issues from emails" @@ -124,7 +125,7 @@ msgid "" "When your project is correctly set up and saved, you will see it appearing " "in your dashboard. Note that an email address for that project is " "automatically generated, with the name of the project as alias." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你的项目设置完毕后并保存，你就可以在你的仪表盘上看到它。一个基于这个项目的邮件地址自动生成，并以这个项目的名字为前缀。" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -132,13 +133,13 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias " "domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where you " "will now see the email address under the name of your project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你没法在这个项目上看到相对应的地址，你可以去“设置”里面设置域名，然后回到“项目”界面，这时你就可以看到以你项目名字为前缀的邮箱地址。" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92 msgid "" "Every time one of your client will send an email to that email address, a " "new issue will be created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每当客户往这个邮箱发送邮件，新的问题就会自动创建。" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:96 #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 @@ -176,14 +177,14 @@ msgid "" "Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " "performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " "customers using Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "作为经理，跟踪你的团队做的每一件事并不容易。得到客户的回复对于改善团队绩效是很有帮助的。你可以很轻松的通过客户使用Odoo来收集反馈。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" "An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " "just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " "Sad)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在项目实施期间，可以发送邮件来获取客户反馈。他可以通过三种表情来评估你的工作（微笑，自然，悲伤）。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" @@ -194,13 +195,13 @@ msgid "" "Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " "necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " "apps module and install it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在做必要的设置之前，首先要安装“项目”这个模块。只需到应用程序界面下载并安装。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 msgid "" "Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " "module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "而且，在相同的界面，你也要安装“项目评级”模块。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -208,16 +209,16 @@ msgid "" "**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " "Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " "completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下一步，进入后台项目模块。选择“设置”按钮并在下拉菜单中选择“设置”。然后选择“项目客户评级”，不要忘记保存设置。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何获得客户反馈？" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 msgid "" "A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在项目进行期间，邮件可以在任何阶段发给客户。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -232,7 +233,7 @@ msgstr "项目配置" msgid "" "Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " "**Customer satisfaction** option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入“项目”模块，在项目设置里面勾选“客户满意”选项。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 msgid "Email Template" @@ -243,18 +244,18 @@ msgid "" "Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " "column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." " You can directly edit it from there." -msgstr "" +msgstr "去项目状态设置（点击这个图标，在状态栏的上方，然后选择”编辑“）。选择一个邮件模版，你也可以直接编辑。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这是一个客户可以收到的邮件的例子。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 msgid "" "The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" " your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " "will be added to the chatter of the task." -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户只需要点击笑脸（微笑，自然，悲伤）来评价你的工作。客户也可以回复邮件并添加更多的信息。这将会在加入到任务的聊天室。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 msgid "Reporting" @@ -264,30 +265,30 @@ msgstr "报表" msgid "" "You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " "the project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你会在项目右上方有一个简要的概括。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何在页面上展示等级评定。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 msgid "" "First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " "To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先有必要安装“网站构建器”模块。只需要去模块菜单下载并安装即可。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 msgid "" "Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" " Issue** module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "而且，在同一个菜单，你必须安装“项目问题网站评级”模块。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 msgid "" "Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" " the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" " end of the website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你就能够可以在网站上公布你的结果了，你可以在网站右上角上点击确认按钮。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`claim_issue`" @@ -299,11 +300,11 @@ msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" #: ../../project/advanced/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice time spent?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何给花费的时间开发票？" #: ../../project/advanced/publication.rst:3 msgid "How to publish the project externally?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何外部公布项目？" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" @@ -314,7 +315,7 @@ msgid "" "In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " "management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " "from sales order lines." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这部分里，我们可以看到Odoo“项目管理”和“销售”这两个的整合模块的整合，准确一点说是如何从销售条目中直接产生任务。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -324,7 +325,7 @@ msgid "" " needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " "task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " "and Services departments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在项目管理中，任务需要在一个规定的时间内完成。对于一个服务型公司，任务就会被定义为卖给客户，并交付到客户。这就是为什么要从销售销售订单中生成任务来组织销售和服务部门。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -334,7 +335,7 @@ msgid "" "the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " "will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" " overtime spent on the project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "作为例子，你可以卖25000美元50个小时的服务。固定价格并已支付。但是你需要追踪你的之前为客户做过的服务。在销售订单上，可以直接生成任务，并且顾问可以直接输入工单，如有需要也可以再向客户收取超时服务费。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 msgid "Install the required applications" @@ -345,18 +346,18 @@ msgid "" "In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " "install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" " the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你需要安装\"销售管理“和”项目”模块才可以在销售订单上生成任务。只需安装模块即可。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 msgid "" "Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time " "spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** module." " Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "而且，如果你想基于工单为客户开发票，也是必须要安装“工单”模块。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建并配置产品" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -364,7 +365,7 @@ msgid "" "generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " "the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " "the`following setup:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你需要在产品上配置服务用来在每次产品卖出后生成任务。从销售模块的菜单里面，销售-产品，创建并配置新产品。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" @@ -379,28 +380,28 @@ msgid "" "**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " "sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "“测量单位”：小时，在菜单 - 设置 的“测量单位”，查看按钮“有些产品可以以不同的测量单位买卖”。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 msgid "" "**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " "quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" " that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." -msgstr "" +msgstr "“发票形式”：你可以基于订单数量，也可以按发货数量产生发票。你可以简单地依据时间总量来发货或开发票给客户。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 msgid "" "**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " "service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " "product to hours as well." -msgstr "" +msgstr "“跟踪服务”：创建任务，跟踪时间，如果你的产品是以时间来开发票给客户， 你需要把你的测量时间设置成小时。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 msgid "" "Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " "product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " "will then create a project per SO." -msgstr "" +msgstr "把你的任务与已存在的项目相关联或者建一个新的，如果这个产品是只针对这一个项目。否则，你就空着，Odoo会根据销售订单创建一个新的项目。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 msgid "Create the Sales Order" @@ -411,39 +412,39 @@ msgid "" "Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " "the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " "sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦商品配置好，你就可以建询价单或者销售订单。一旦询价单确认变成销售订单后，任务就会被生成。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从销售单生成相应任务" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在项目模块，你的新任务将会显示。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 msgid "" "either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以在一个相关的项目，如果你已经选择了一个产品表格。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 msgid "" "either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " "(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " ":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在新的项目与对应的销售订单相关联,你只需点击“更多”按钮来设置。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 msgid "" "On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" " your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于任务自身，你可以在任务上记录记工单并根据开票原则给客户开票。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 msgid "" "On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " "source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中，销售订单是一切的中心，也就意味着任务的源文档和销售订单关联。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" @@ -455,11 +456,11 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`" #: ../../project/application.rst:3 msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "" +msgstr "超级棒的记工单应用" #: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "" +msgstr "演示视频" #: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 @@ -470,50 +471,426 @@ msgstr "成绩单" msgid "" "Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" " spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." -msgstr "" +msgstr "超级棒的记工单是一个移动应用，它能让你在继续要简单的点击几下就可以在项目上记录花费的时间。" #: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 msgid "" "Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " "the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" " works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "先不考虑设备的问题，Timesheet的记录只需一个简单的点击 。可以看一下谷歌浏览器插件，不需要登陆，只需要点击一下便可开启 。运行平顺，并且能离线工作并且能和Odoo账号自动同步。" #: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 msgid "" "Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" " further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" " per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" +msgstr "另外通过移动端或者谷歌浏览器插件我就可以得到我自己的工时的统计分析 。在我的Odoo账号中我们可以进一步进行分析 。我能收到报表以及每个用户的记工单，用这些深入分析项目以及更多 " #: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 msgid "" "Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " "billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" "saving!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "神奇的记工单和ODoo的开票系统进行了集成。客户的账单自动生成\n同时也能可Odoo的项目管理进行集成 。如此的省时！" #: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在就下载神奇的记工单并提供生产力吧 。" #: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基础配置" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" +msgstr "如何在任务上管理&协作？" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 +msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " +"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " +"suggestions in the drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " +"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 +msgid "Followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" +" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " +"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " +"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." +" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " +"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " +"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " +"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 +msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" +" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " +"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " +"see the big picture all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 +msgid "Task: follow a specific task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " +"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " +"that task also appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 +msgid "Choose which action to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " +"Following button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " +"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " +"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 +msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " +"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " +"help you track time easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " +"available in projects and on tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " +"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" +" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " +"automatically created under the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 +msgid "Click on the settings of a project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 +msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " +"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " +"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " +"it, or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" +" timesheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 +msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " +"Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " +"Analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" +" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 +msgid "Document Management in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" +" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" +" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 +msgid "" +"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " +"tab on the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " +"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " +"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " +"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 +msgid "Collaborate on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" +" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " +"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" +" delegation and the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 +msgid "Create a task from an email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " +"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " +"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " +"project gets an automatic email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 +msgid "" +"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " +"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " +"Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"This email address create by default following the project name can be " +"changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 +msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 +msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 +msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 +msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " +"history of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " +"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " +"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " +"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " +"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " +"to remember past interactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" +" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " +"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" +" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " +"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 +msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " +"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " +"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " +"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " +"creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 +msgid "" +"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " +"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 +msgid "" +"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " +"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly. This also gives you the " +"direct url of the task description: useful if you want to send it to someone" +" without adding this person as a follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:238 +msgid "Tasks states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:241 +msgid "Set the state of a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:243 +msgid "" +"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" +" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " +"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:247 +msgid "" +"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " +"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:257 +msgid "Custom states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " +"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," +" then click on edit:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:266 +msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:271 +msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:277 +msgid "Color Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:279 +msgid "" +"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " +"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " +"them thanks to the filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:283 +msgid "" +"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" +" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " +"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:290 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " +"the tag, directly from the task:" msgstr "" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果安装与配置项目管理?" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " "and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo项目允许你和整个项目团队一起管理项目，与项目和任务成员中的任何一个人沟通。" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -525,7 +902,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装项目管理模块" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -535,7 +912,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 msgid "Creating a new project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个新的项目" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -546,42 +923,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "隐私设置如：" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**客户项目 **：如果该客户是一个关注者那么就可以在门户中看到。" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**所有员工**:员工能看到所有的任务或者问题。" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 msgid "" "**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** 私有项目**：只有关注者能看到的任务或者问题" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 msgid "" "You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " "**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果某个项目有特定的客户，就可以在项目中标明；如果不是客户的项目，那么**客户**字段留空。" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "输完所有必要的详细信息之后，点击**保存**。" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自定义项目阶段" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建自定义的项目阶段" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你项目仪表盘上。点击**＃任务**。" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -611,11 +988,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成的时候点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "调整项目阶段" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -641,7 +1018,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`time_record`" #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何记录花费的时间？" #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -665,7 +1042,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "记录记工单" #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -675,7 +1052,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在项目中记录" #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -691,7 +1068,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在任务中记录" #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -707,11 +1084,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何可视化项目的任务？" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何可视化项目的任务？" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -727,17 +1104,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The only configuration needed is to install the project module in the module" " application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "唯一需要做的配置就是在模块应用中安装项目模块。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:24 msgid "Creating Tasks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建任务" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:26 msgid "" "Once you created a project, you can easily generate tasks for it. Simply " "open the project and click on create a task." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦你创建了一个项目，你就可以轻易的在该项目生成任务。只要打开项目并点击创建一个任务即可。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -749,13 +1126,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:40 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对带有看板视图的活动进行查看" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:42 msgid "" "Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " "to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦创建几个任务，在看板视图下可以对这些任务进行管理和追踪。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -774,12 +1151,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:57 msgid "How to nototify your collegues about the status of a task?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果向你的同事们告知任务的状态？" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据优先级排列任务" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -794,19 +1171,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red (in the list " "view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" +msgstr "注意过了最后期限的日期会显示为红色(在列表视图中也是这样)，因此你就可以轻易的追踪不同的任务。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:80 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在日历视图中要留意最后期限" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:82 msgid "" "If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " "As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadline in a " "single window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在任务总添加最后期限，在日历视图中就可以看到它们，作为经理，这能让你在一个窗口中就能看到所有的最后期限。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:89 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 @@ -814,24 +1191,24 @@ msgid "" "All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" " to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " "related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "所有的任务都根据任务的所有者的不同而标记不同的颜色。你可以在日期视图的右边勾选相关的勾选框轻易的根据员工过滤最后期限。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:94 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 msgid "" "You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " "dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在日历视图中，通过退拽你可以轻易的变更最后期限。" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ODOO 项目管理介绍" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 msgid "" "As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " "To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" +msgstr "作为一个项目经理，我有很多有很多股东参与的大项目要想对你的项目进行无缝管理，你可以使用Odoo 项目管理模块" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -840,7 +1217,7 @@ msgid "" "creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " "any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " "project manager too." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在odoo的项目管理模块下，项目组团队成员可以便捷的计划和执行在加拿大发布一个新的产品线。我通过创建不同的项目阶段组织管理项目。该模块还能让我们无论何时都可以给任何用户任务定义清晰的状态。其余的项目经理也是如此" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -848,14 +1225,14 @@ msgid "" " one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " "management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " "projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如此好用的项目阶段可以根据我们的需要定制，现在我添加一个新的阶段，只需要简单的编辑和点几下鼠标。在我们的项目管理过程中，我来做最后的检查，所以我可以天剑该阶段。Odoo项目可以用来管理所有的项目。" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 msgid "" "Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." " That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " "stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦任务完成，相关的项目组成员可以更改任务的状态。这个对项目经理在拖动该任务到下一阶段之前的查看非常有用。很简单，对吧？" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -869,7 +1246,7 @@ msgid "" "in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" " this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" " the progress of each task." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们也可以通过调整视图管理监控项目，现在我选择了列表视图，在列表视图下，我可以看到其余的信息例如，工作时间进度。如果我点一下我的任务，进入 任务的表单视图，在这里我可以编辑计划的时间并输入我的记工单。控制项目的时间进度并监控每个项目组成员花费的时间对于项目经理来说是一个很有用的工具。我在销售团队的培训上设置了24小时.今天，我已经准备了相关的培训材料，所以我会在记工单中记录4小时，随后我们看到工作时间进度会自动更新。 多亏了记工单和集成功能,项目经理可以深入的追踪每个任务的进度" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -882,7 +1259,7 @@ msgid "" "prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " "deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " "planning." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ODoo项目管理中另外一个很好的特性是预测工具，当该功能被激活后，我就可以在每个项目计划项目资源以及工作负载。因此对其余的项目的时间分配也就更加容易了。在该项目，我需要对几个销售团队进行培训，本周我讲花费50%的时间在该项目上，作为项目经理，我也可以对每个用户进行资源的分配并且根据其它的项目中该用户的工作负载状况做出调整， 这样可以有效的防止同一成员在不同项目中的时间重叠。我可以重新分配给其他人一个任务或者调整该任务的最后期限。Odoo项目管理是管理项目计划的最有效的可执行的应用" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -891,7 +1268,7 @@ msgid "" "with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " "task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" " each team member." -msgstr "" +msgstr "另外项目的所有方面都能通过报表功能进行分析。例如，我们可以得到对比计划时间和实际花费的时间的报表。我们可以访问任何一个项目，任务，或者任何一个项目成员的盈利能力。我们还可以得到费配到每一个项目成员的时间等等。" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -901,7 +1278,7 @@ msgid "" "helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " "always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" " team." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ODoo项目管理的另一个有用因素是沟通交流功能，沟通交流是所有项目的成败的关键因素。在项目的任务中所有股东直接的分享相关的项目文档非常有用。在Odoo项目管理中，我们可以在Chatter功能区讨论，而所需的操作仅仅是点几下鼠标而已。当然我们也可以跟项目组中的任何成员开启一个新的会话。" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -910,22 +1287,22 @@ msgid "" "I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " "The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " "issues." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo项目管理还可以和客服和售后APP集成 配置了该功能，我们可以跟进客户的所有反馈的问题，甚至可以从该问题能创建一个新的支持项目该应用还会自动创建根据在任务或者问题上花费的时间的发票。" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 msgid "" "Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " "planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " "app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ODoo项目管理是一个非常强大且易用的应用。首先我们用它设置我们的目标，然后对项目进行设置，一旦这些准备好，你的项目就可以快速的开始。" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在免费试用ODoo项目管理模块并用ODOO项目管理更好的管理你的项目！" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在就" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/terminology.rst:3 msgid "Terminology" @@ -933,11 +1310,11 @@ msgstr "术语" #: ../../project/planning.rst:3 msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "给项目做计划" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何计划和追踪分配给员工的工作？" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -971,7 +1348,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理带有视图的任务" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -985,18 +1362,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " "fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "来创建并编辑任务在管道中输入内容。记着填写负责人和预计日期。" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 msgid "" "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " "enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " "ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "看板视图看起来像是一个被分成不同阶段的便贴视图。这能让你清楚的看到你的任务所在的阶段以及较高优先级的任务。" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加或者重新排列阶段" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -1014,7 +1391,7 @@ msgid "" "Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " "development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " "Done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据过程的阶段分别创建栏。例如在开发项目中，阶段可能是：说明定义，开发，测试，完成。" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -1023,21 +1400,21 @@ msgid "" "top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " "left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " "tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在每列中，你可以根据任务的优先级进行排序。高优先级的任务会自动的被移动到列的上方。在看板视图中，点击任务卡右下方的星标记该任务为**高优先级**。对于没有标记的任务，Odoo会自动的根据他们的最后期限进行划分。" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 msgid "" "Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " "view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" +msgstr "注意超过了最后期限的日期会显示红色(列表视图中也是)，所以你能很轻松的追踪每个任务的进展。" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "记着你还能在过滤按钮上过滤任务。" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用列表视图追踪每个任务的过程" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -1053,14 +1430,14 @@ msgid "" "employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " "choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " "show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "" +msgstr "作为经理，在列表视图下你可以查看所有员工花费在任务上的时间。要这样做，进入所选的项目中并点击列表视图图标(见下图)。最后一列可以看到每个任务的进展。" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 msgid "" "If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " "As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " "single window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在你的任务中添加最后期限，他就回显示在日历视图中。作为一个经理，这样的视图能够让你在一个窗口中查看所有的最后期限。" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 msgid ":doc:`forecast`" @@ -1068,20 +1445,20 @@ msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何预测任务？" #: ../../project/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting & Analysis" -msgstr "" +msgstr "报表和分析" #: ../../project/reporting/close_issue.rst:3 msgid "How to track velocity to close issues?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何快速追踪关闭问题？" #: ../../project/reporting/efficiency.rst:3 msgid "How to report project efficiency?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何有效的报告项目？" #: ../../project/reporting/workload.rst:3 msgid "How to analyze workload?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何分析工作量？" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 0c04bef93..a66841635 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -3,14 +3,15 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. # # Translators: +# Gary Wei , 2016 # mrshelly , 2015-2016 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-04 15:25+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-05 03:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: mrshelly \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-29 03:29+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Gary Wei \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -64,7 +65,7 @@ msgstr "采购询价, 采购招标 还是 采购订单?" msgid "" "Although they are intimately related, Requests for Quotation, Purchase " "Tenders and Purchase Orders are not the same." -msgstr "" +msgstr "虽然它们紧密的联系在一起，采购虚假单，采购招标和采购订单还是存在差异。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ msgstr "例子" msgid "" "My company builds wooden furniture. For the new series of table we are " "designing, we need some screws, metal frames and rubber protections." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我的公司生产木质家具。对那些新建的系列桌子，我们需要螺丝，金属框架和橡胶护角。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -205,7 +206,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From purchase order to invoice and receptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从采购订单到开票和收货" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -254,7 +255,7 @@ msgstr "在 **采购订单** 窗体， 点击 **创建**。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:37 msgid "" "From the new window, insert the **Vendor** and type in the **Order Date**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从新的窗口中，插入**供应商**并输入**订单日期**。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:40 msgid "In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**." @@ -262,17 +263,17 @@ msgstr "在 **产品明细** 表格里面， 点击 **添加**。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:45 msgid "Select your product from the list and add a description if necessary." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从列表中选择产品，如果有必要的话添加一个描述。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:47 msgid "The **Scheduled Date** menu corresponds to the expected delivery date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**计划日期**菜单和预期交货日期保持一致。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:49 msgid "" "Type in the quantity which you wish to purchase, then click on **Save** and " "on **Confirm Order**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入你想采购产品的数量，然后点击**保存**和**确认订单**。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -288,7 +289,7 @@ msgstr "如你所见， 该采购订单的状态变成了 ``采购订单`` 。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:63 msgid "Registering invoice, payments and receiving products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记发票，付款并接收产品" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -299,48 +300,48 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:70 msgid "Payment upon or after reception" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收货之前或者之后再付款" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:72 msgid "Still from your purchase order, click on **Receive Products**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "还是在采购订单上，点击**接收产品**。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:74 msgid "" "In the next page, check that the number of products received corresponds to " "the number ordered, then manually enter the delivered quantity and click on " "**Validate**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在下一页面中，检查收到的产品数量是否和订单数量一致，然后手工的输入交货数量并点击**确认**。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:81 msgid "" "Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** and an **Invoice** button have " "appeared." -msgstr "" +msgstr "回到采购订单，在采购订单中，会看到**收货**和**开票**两个按钮出现。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:87 msgid "" "Click on the **Invoices** button, then click on **Validate**. The invoice is" " now registered in the system. Click on **Register Payment**, insert the " "detail of the payment, and click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**开票**按钮，燃火点击**确认**。发票已经在系统中被登记。点击**登记付款**，插入付款的详细信息，然后点击**确认**。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:94 #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:124 msgid "" "Your products are now ready for picking and storage, and the invoice is " "marked as paid." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的产品现在显示为收货就绪并且已经入库，并且发票也标记为已经付款。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:98 msgid "Upfront payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "预付款" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:100 msgid "" "From the **Purchase Order** page, open the **Invoices** tab, then click on " "**Create**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**采购订单**页面，打开**发票**页签，然后点击**创建**。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -353,18 +354,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** tab and an **Invoice** tab have" " appeared." -msgstr "" +msgstr "回到采购订单，在采购订单中，**收货单**和**发票**页签已经显示。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:116 msgid "" "Click on **Receive Products**, then in the new page, click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**接收产品**，然后在新的页面中点击**确认**。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:121 msgid "" "A window will appear, asking if you wish to process every item at once. " "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "会显示一个窗口，问你是否想要一次完成全部。点击**应用**。" #: ../../purchase/overview/start.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" @@ -384,7 +385,7 @@ msgstr "主材数据" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/configuration.rst:3 msgid "How to configure products for purchases?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何配置采购的产品？" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 msgid "How to import supplier pricelists?" @@ -409,27 +410,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:16 msgid "Required configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "所需配置" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:18 msgid "In purchase settings, you have 2 options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在采购设置中，你有2种选择：" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:20 msgid "Manage vendor price on the product form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在产品页面上管理供应商价格" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:22 msgid "Allow using and importing vendor pricelists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "允许使用并导入供应商价格表" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:24 msgid "Here we are selecting: **Allow using and importing vendor pricelists**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在此我们选择：**允许使用并导入供应商价格表**" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:30 msgid "Import vendor pricelists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入供应商价格表" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -447,11 +448,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:50 msgid "Import the list for the first time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "第一次导入列表" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:53 msgid "Prepare the document" -msgstr "" +msgstr "准备文档" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -463,19 +464,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:63 msgid "Here is the list of fields you can import:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这里是你可以导入的字段的列表：" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 msgid "**Header of the document to import (csv, xls)**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**导入文档的头(csv, xls)**" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 msgid "**Meaning and how to get it**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**意义和如何得到 **" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 msgid "**Example**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**示例**" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 msgid "name_id" @@ -483,7 +484,7 @@ msgstr "name_id" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 msgid "Vendor ID -> export supplier list to get it" -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商ID->导出获取供应商列表" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.res\\_partner\\_12" @@ -495,7 +496,7 @@ msgstr "product_code" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 msgid "Vendor product Code -> free text" -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商产品编码 -> 自由文本" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 msgid "569874" @@ -507,7 +508,7 @@ msgstr "price" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 msgid "Vendor Price -> free text" -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商价格 -> 随意文本" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 msgid "1500" @@ -519,7 +520,7 @@ msgstr "product_tmpl_id.id" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 msgid "Product Template ID -> export you product list to get it" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品模板ID ->导出并获取产品列表 " #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product_template_13" @@ -531,7 +532,7 @@ msgstr "currency_id.id" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76 msgid "Currency -> to get it export the currency list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "币别 ->获取并导出币别列表" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 msgid "date_end" @@ -539,7 +540,7 @@ msgstr "date_end" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 msgid "End date of the price validity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "价格有效期的最后一天" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 msgid "2015-10-22" @@ -551,7 +552,7 @@ msgstr "min_qty" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 msgid "Minimal quantity to purchase from this vendor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从该供应商采购最小数量" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 msgid "2" @@ -563,7 +564,7 @@ msgstr "product_id.id" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 msgid "Product Variante name -> export your variant list to get it" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品变量名称－>导出并获取变量" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product\\_13" @@ -575,7 +576,7 @@ msgstr "date_start" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 msgid "Start date of price validity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "价格可用的开始日期" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 msgid "2015-12-31" @@ -583,30 +584,30 @@ msgstr "2015-12-31" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:87 msgid "You obtain a document which can be imported, fill in your vendor pices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你能得到一个能导入的文档，可以在其中填入供应商价格" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:92 msgid "" "Import this document in Odoo. Click on **Import** in the list view and " "upload your document. You can validate and check error. Once the system " "tells you everything is ok, you can import the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入该文档到Odoo，点击列表视图中的**导入**并上传你的文档。你可以确认并查看错误。一旦系统告知你一切正常，你就可以导入列表。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:102 msgid "" "After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " "product form is filled in." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在导入之后，在**库存**页签的**供应商**的位置已经被填好。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:106 msgid "Update the vendor pricelist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "更新供应商价格表" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:108 msgid "" "When the pricelist of your suppliers change, it is necessary to update " "existing prices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你的供应商的价格表变更，有必要更新当前的价格。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -631,7 +632,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 msgid "How to set several suppliers on a product?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何产品上设置不同的供应商" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -728,7 +729,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:75 msgid "By issuing a first Purchase Order to new vendor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过发布第一个到新的供应商的采购订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -762,7 +763,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:103 msgid "By adding manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手工的添加" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -781,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 msgid "How to purchase in different unit of measures than sales?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何和和销售使用不同计量单位进行采购？" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -794,7 +795,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 msgid "Let's take the following examples:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "让我们看如下例子：" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -812,7 +813,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装采购和销售模块" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -822,15 +823,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 msgid "|uom01|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|uom01|" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 msgid "|uom02|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|uom02|" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" -msgstr "" +msgstr "允许计量单位选择" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -841,11 +842,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" -msgstr "" +msgstr "指定销售和采购的计量单位" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 msgid "Standard units of measures" -msgstr "" +msgstr "标准计量单位" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -871,7 +872,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " "Products`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们进入采购模块并选择：`采购 --> 产品`。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -885,11 +886,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " "**Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这里选择**计量单位**为**升**以及**采购的计量单位**为**加仑**。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建你自己的计量单位以及计量单位种类" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -930,7 +931,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 msgid "Create two new units:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建两个新的单位：" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -961,11 +962,11 @@ msgstr ":doc:`configuration`" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 msgid "Request for Quotations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "报价需求" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 msgid "How to analyze the performance of my vendors?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何分析供应商的表现？" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -976,19 +977,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你会看到你的公司是如何依赖于一个供应商的；" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以就价格进行谈判;" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以检查单个供应商的平均交货时间；" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "等等。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1002,17 +1003,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:17 msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装采购管理模块" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 msgid "" "From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " "module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**应用**菜单，搜索并安装**采购管理**模块。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发布一些采购订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -1024,11 +1025,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:44 msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分析供应商" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:47 msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "生成灵活弹性的报表" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -1084,7 +1085,7 @@ msgid "" "You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " "from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " "saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以保存并再次使用定制的过滤，从**高级搜索视图**中点击**收藏**，然后**保存当前的搜索**。保存的过滤器将从**收藏**菜单访问。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:103 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:76 @@ -1095,11 +1096,11 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 msgid "How to setup two levels of approval for purchase orders?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何设置采购订单的两步验证？" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:6 msgid "Two level approval setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "两步验证设置" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1122,7 +1123,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:21 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 msgid "Process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "过程" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1133,15 +1134,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:29 msgid "The manager gets the order to approve and validates the final order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "经理看到要验证的订单并确认最后的订单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:34 msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦确认，采购订单就按照正常的步骤。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 msgid "How to control supplier bills?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何管理供应商账单？" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1268,7 +1269,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89 msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "接收产品" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -1298,7 +1299,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117 msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "采购**服务**类型的产品不会触发收货单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" @@ -1357,7 +1358,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商账单匹配" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" @@ -2185,7 +2186,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To set up your security dates, go to the app :menuselection:`Settings --> " "General settings`, and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置安全天数，进入 :menuselection:`设置(Settings) --> 通用设置(General settings)` 然后点击 **配置公司数据** 。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 msgid "Go the **Configuration** tab to indicate the number of safety days" @@ -2257,7 +2258,7 @@ msgid "" "order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." " In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " "on your configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，你今天可以销售一辆汽车(一月1号)，该车是按订单补货方式，并且你已经承诺会在20天内给客户交货(一月20号)。在该情景下，排程器可能会根据你的配置触发以下事件：" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:146 msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 12bdd8ed5..108e8fda6 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-01 14:24+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-03 08:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-24 13:44+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-26 16:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gary Wei \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ msgstr "如何自动定期合同？" #: ../../sales/advanced/time_material.rst:3 msgid "Time & Material" -msgstr "时间和材料" +msgstr "记工单" #: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" @@ -131,6 +131,7 @@ msgstr "你也可以使用里程碑的方式按项目的百分比开票。比如 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:95 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:17 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:14 #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:21 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" @@ -155,7 +156,7 @@ msgid "" "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. From the" " **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, " "create a new product with the following setup:" -msgstr "在Odoo中，你的项目的每个里程碑都被看作一个产品. 从**销售模**块中，使用菜单：菜单选项：销售-->产品，按以下步骤生成一个产品：" +msgstr "在Odoo中，你的项目的每个里程碑都被看作一个产品. 从 **销售模块** 中，使用菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)`，按以下步骤生成一个产品：" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:57 msgid "**Name**: Strategy audit" @@ -203,7 +204,7 @@ msgstr "现在你的里程碑(或产品)生成了，你能创建一个报价或 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:91 msgid "Invoice milestones" -msgstr "发票的里程碑" +msgstr "根据里程碑开票" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -316,7 +317,7 @@ msgstr "那么现在你就需要创建一个命名为“复印”的产品" msgid "" "From your **Sales** module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and " "create a product as follows:" -msgstr "在 **销售** 模块下, 进入：菜单选项：销售 --> 产品并创建一个如下产品： " +msgstr "在 **销售** 模块下, 进入 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)` 并创建一个如下产品： " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:42 msgid "**Product type**: consumable" @@ -339,7 +340,7 @@ msgid "" "the ordered quantities set to 0. Click on **Confirm the Sale** to create the" " sale order. You will be able then to manually change the delivered " "quantities on the sale order to reinvoice the copies to your customer." -msgstr "现在产品已经设置好了，就可以创建该产品的销售订单(从：菜单选项：销售-->销售订单)，数量设置为0。点击**确认订单**确认为销售订单。随后你可以手工的在销售订单上更改产品数量在同一张发票单上给客户重复开票" +msgstr "现在产品已经设置好了，就可以创建该产品的销售订单(从 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售订单(Sales Orders)` )，数量设置为0。点击 **确认订单** 确认为销售订单。随后你可以手工的在销售订单上更改产品数量在同一张发票单上给客户重复开票" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:64 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:177 @@ -434,7 +435,7 @@ msgstr "创建销售订单" msgid "" "Still from the Sales module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders` " "and add your product **Consultancy** on the order line." -msgstr "仍是从销售模块：进入菜单选项：`销售-->销售订单`并在订单行上添加产品**咨询**。" +msgstr "仍是从销售模块，进入菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售订单(Sales Orders)` 并在订单行上添加产品 **咨询** 。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -476,7 +477,7 @@ msgstr "进入**费用**模块并点击**创建**。输入以下费用：" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:161 msgid "**Expense description**: Kilometers October 2015" -msgstr "**费用描述**：2015年10月份公里数" +msgstr "**费用描述** : 2015年10月份公里数" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:163 msgid "**Product**: Kilometers" @@ -488,7 +489,7 @@ msgstr "**数量**: 1.000" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:167 msgid "**Analytic account**: SO0019 - Agrolait" -msgstr "**分析账户**：SO0019 - Agrolait" +msgstr "**分析账户** : SO0019 - Agrolait" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -555,7 +556,7 @@ msgid "" "**Sales** application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. From this screen, activate the multiple **Unit of Measures** " "option." -msgstr "默认状况下，产品是根据单位数量销售的，为了能按``每小时``销售服务，必须使用产品的多种计量单位，在销售模块下，进入菜单选项：`配置 --> 设置`，在本页面激活 多种*计量单位*选项" +msgstr "默认状况下，产品是根据单位数量销售的，为了能按 ``每小时`` 销售服务，必须使用产品的多种计量单位，在销售模块下，进入菜单选项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)`，在本页面激活 多种 **计量单位** 选项。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -563,7 +564,7 @@ msgid "" "support contract you sell. From the **Sales** application, use the menu " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, create a new product with the following" " setup:" -msgstr "为了能够销售支持合同，必须创建一个所有支持合同都能销售的产品。从**销售**应用下，进入菜单选项：`销售-->产品`，用以下步骤创建新的产品：" +msgstr "为了能够销售支持合同，必须创建一个所有支持合同都能销售的产品。从 **销售** 应用下，进入菜单选项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)`，用以下步骤创建新的产品：" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:48 msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" @@ -571,7 +572,7 @@ msgstr "**名称**: 技术支持" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:52 msgid "**Unit of Measure**: Hours" -msgstr "**计量单位**：小时" +msgstr "**计量单位** : 小时" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -642,7 +643,7 @@ msgid "" "related to the support contract, you should see the **Delivered Quantities**" " that are updated automatically, based on the number of hours in the " "timesheet." -msgstr "在**销售**应用下，使用菜单：菜单选项：`销售 --> 销售订单`来控制每张订单的进度。在和支持合同相关的销售订单行上，可以看到**交货数量**会根据记工单中的小时数自动更新。" +msgstr "在 **销售** 应用下，使用菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售订单(Sales Orders)` 来控制每张订单的进度。在和支持合同相关的销售订单行上，可以看到 **交货数量** 会根据记工单中的小时数自动更新。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:116 msgid "Upselling and renewal" @@ -663,7 +664,7 @@ msgid "" "order that are in an upselling status. To do this, go to the " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Order` menu and use the **Upselling** filter" " to get all orders that are in upselling." -msgstr "定期地(最好每两周一次)，你可以检查在向上销售状态的销售订单。要这样做的话，进入菜单选项：`销售 --> 销售订单`菜单并使用**向上销售**过滤器收集所有在向上销售状态的订单" +msgstr "定期地(最好每两周一次)，你可以检查在向上销售状态的销售订单。要这样做的话，进入菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售订单(Sales Orders)` 菜单并使用 **向上销售** 过滤器收集所有在向上销售状态的订单。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -715,7 +716,9 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`" msgid "How to invoice based on time and material?" msgstr "如何基于时间和材料开具发票？" -#: ../../sales/overview.rst:3 ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概述" @@ -879,7 +882,7 @@ msgstr "详阅: *基于销售订单开票.*" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:41 msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Delivery --> Invoice`" -msgstr "：菜单选项：`销售订单 --> 交货--> 开票`" +msgstr ":menuselection:`销售订单(Sales Order) --> 交货(Delivery) --> 开票(Invoice)`" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -898,7 +901,7 @@ msgstr "该方法下，如果你部分发货，只需要为实际发出的数量 #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:57 msgid ":menuselection:`Recurring Contracts (subscriptions) --> Invoices`" -msgstr ":菜单选项:`再发性合同 (订阅) --> 开票`" +msgstr ":menuselection:`再发性合同 (Recurring Contracts) --> 开票(Invoices)`" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -909,7 +912,7 @@ msgstr "对于订阅，发票会定期地，自动地生成。生成发票频率 #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:67 msgid ":menuselection:`eCommerce Order --> Invoice`" -msgstr ":菜单选项:`电商订单 --> 开票`" +msgstr ":menuselection:`电商订单(eCommerce Order) --> 开票(Invoice)`" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -1143,7 +1146,7 @@ msgid "" "usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " "Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " "Accounting application." -msgstr "你的公司必须要配置为默认不含税价格。通常这是默认的配置，但是你可以会计模块的菜单选项：`配置 --> 设置`中勾选**默认销项税** " +msgstr "你的公司必须要配置为默认不含税价格。通常这是默认的配置，但是你可以会计模块的 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 中勾选 **默认销项税** 。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -1151,21 +1154,21 @@ msgid "" "pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " "per customer segment**." -msgstr "一旦完成，你就可以创建***B2C*价格表。你可以在以下路径激活价格表特性：销售模块菜单选项：`配置 --> 设置`。选择设置 **不同的客户段不同的价格**" +msgstr "一旦完成，你就可以创建 **B2C** 价格表。你可以在以下菜单项激活价格表特性 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)`。选择设置 **不同的客户段不同的价格** 。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:112 msgid "" "Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " "default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "一旦完成，从以下路径创建一个B2C价格表：销售模块菜单选项：`配置 --> 价格表`。当然也可以把默认的价格表更名为B2B。" +msgstr "一旦完成，从以下路径创建一个B2C价格表：销售模块菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 价格表(Pricelists)` 。当然也可以把默认的价格表更名为B2B。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:116 msgid "" "Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " "included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," " from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "然后，创建一个标价为8.26€的产品，税是 21%(价外税)，并且给该产品的B2C客户设置价格为10€。可以通过以下路径设置：销售模块菜单选项：`销售 --> 产品` " +msgstr "然后，创建一个标价为8.26€的产品，税是 21%(不含税价)，并且给该产品的B2C客户设置价格为10€。可以通过以下菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)` " #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" @@ -1177,7 +1180,7 @@ msgid "" "menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " "position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " "included in price)" -msgstr "在会计模块下创建一个B2C的财政位置：会计模块菜单选项：`配置 --> 财政位置`。该财政位置做了VAT 21%(价外税)和VAT 21%(价内税)的映射" +msgstr "在会计模块下创建一个B2C的财务结构 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration ) --> 财务结构(Fiscal Positions)` 。该财政位置做了VAT 21%(不含税价)和VAT 21%(含税价)的映射" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:136 msgid "Test by creating a quotation" @@ -1188,7 +1191,7 @@ msgid "" "Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " "result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "在销售模块下创建一个报价单，使用：菜单选项：`销售 --> 报价单`菜单。你会得到以下结果：8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€。" +msgstr "在销售模块下创建一个报价单，使用菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 报价单(Quotations)` 菜单。你会得到以下结果：8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -1281,8 +1284,66 @@ msgid "Setup" msgstr "设置" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery address?" -msgstr "如何使用不同的发票和送货地址？" +msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery addresses?" +msgstr "如何使用不同的发票和交货地址？" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"It is possible to configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " +"This is very useful, because it could happen that your clients have multiple" +" locations and that the invoice address differs from the delivery location." +msgstr "可以给发票和交货分别配置不同的地址。这很有用，因为你的顾客有时候会会这样的状况：会有多个和发票地址不同的交货地址。" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"First, go to the Sales application, then click on " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option **Enable" +" the multiple address configuration from menu**." +msgstr "首先，进入销售模块，然后点击：`配置 --> 设置`并激活**从菜单可以进行多个地址配置**。" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:24 +msgid "Set the addresses on the contact form" +msgstr "在联系表单中设置地址" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Invoice and/or shipping addresses and even other addresses are added on the " +"contact form. To do so, go to the contact application, select the customer " +"and in the **Contacts & Addresses** tab click on **Create**" +msgstr "发票和／或交货地址以及其余的地址都可以在联系表单中添加。要这样做，进入联系人应用，选择客户并并在**联系人和地址**页面点击**创建**。" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A new window will open where you can specify the delivery or the invoice " +"address." +msgstr "在新打开的窗口，你能指定交货地址或者发票地址。" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once you validated your addresses, it will appear in the **Contacts & " +"addresses** tab with distinctive logos." +msgstr "一旦你确认了地址，就会以不同头像呈现在**联系人和地址**页面。" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:46 +msgid "On the quotations and sales orders" +msgstr "在报价单和销售订单上" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you create a new quotation, the option to select an invoice address and" +" a delivery address is now available. Both addresses will automatically be " +"filled in when selecting the customer." +msgstr "在创建新的报价单时，能看到选择发票地址和交货地址的选项。在选择客户的时候两个字段都会自动的被填入内容。" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Note that you can also create invoice and delivery addresses on the fly by " +"selecting **Create and edit** in the dropdown menu." +msgstr "注意你还可以通过在下拉菜单中选择**创建并编辑**随手创建发票和交货地址。" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:59 +msgid "When printing your sales orders, you'll notice the two addresses." +msgstr "打印销售订单的时候，你会看到有两个地址。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:3 msgid "How to create my first quotation?" @@ -1301,7 +1362,7 @@ msgid "" "showed interest in buying ``3 iPads`` to facilitate their operations. I " "would like to send them a quotation for those iPads with a sales price of " "``320 USD`` by iPad with a ``5%`` discount." -msgstr "例如，我们的公司销售电子产品并且我的客户Agrolait有兴趣购买``3 iPads`` 。我会发给他们一个这些Ipad的报价单，报价``320 USD``，``5%``的折扣。" +msgstr "例如，我们的公司销售电子产品并且我的客户Agrolait有兴趣购买 ``3 iPads`` 。我会发给他们一个这些Ipad的报价单，报价 ``320 USD``，``5%`` 的折扣。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:18 msgid "This section will show you how to proceed." @@ -1334,7 +1395,7 @@ msgid "" "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, under **Quotations " "and Sales**, tick **Allow discounts on sales order line** (see picture " "below) and apply your changes." -msgstr "在我们的示例中，我们想要给``Agrolait``一个``5%``的销售折扣。要想使用该特性，进入**销售**应用，选择：菜单选项：`配置 --> 设置`然后在**报价和销售**勾选 **允许在销售订单行折扣**(见下图)并且使用变更。 " +msgstr "在我们的示例中，我们想要给 ``Agrolait`` 一个 ``5%`` 的销售折扣。要想使用该特性，进入 **销售** 应用，选择 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 然后在 **报价和销售** 勾选 **允许在销售订单行折扣** (见下图)并且 ``应用`` 变更。 " #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:49 msgid "Create your quotation" @@ -1345,7 +1406,7 @@ msgid "" "To create your first quotation, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Quotations` and click on **Create**. Then, complete your quotation as " "follows:" -msgstr "要创建你的第一个报价单，点击：菜单选项：`销售 --> 报价单`并点击**创建**。然后，按照以下步骤完成报价：" +msgstr "要创建你的第一个报价单，点击 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 报价单(Quotations)` 并点击 **创建** 。然后，按照以下步骤完成报价：" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:55 msgid "Customer and Products" @@ -1359,7 +1420,7 @@ msgid "" " under **Order Lines**, click on **Add an item** and select your product. Do" " not forget to manually add the number of items under **Ordered Quantity** " "and the discount if applicable." -msgstr "添加到报价单中的基本信息是客户(你要发送的那个人)和要卖的产品。\n从报价单视图中，在**客户**的下拉列表中选择客户，并且在**订单行**点击**添加一个新的项目**并选择产品。不要忘了在**订单数量**手工的更改数量以及折扣(如果安装了此特性)。" +msgstr "添加到报价单中的基本信息是客户(你要发送的那个人)和要卖的产品。\n从报价单视图中，在 **客户** 的下拉列表中选择客户，并且在 **订单行** 点击 **添加一个新的项目** 并选择产品。不要忘了在 **订单数量** 手工的更改数量以及折扣(如果安装了此特性)。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -1422,7 +1483,7 @@ msgid "" "your quotation from the the **Settings** menu on the app switcher, and on " "click on the link :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> " "Configure company data`." -msgstr "更新你的公司的会显示在报价单上的详细信息(地址，网址，图标等)：进入**设置**菜单：`设置 --> 通用设置--> 配置公司的数据`。" +msgstr "更新你的公司的会显示在报价单上的详细信息(地址，网址，图标等)：进入 **设置** 菜单 :menuselection:`设置(Settings) --> 通用设置(General settings) --> 配置公司的数据(Configure company data)` 。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:118 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index a59558353..5cf00b2f6 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -3,14 +3,16 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. # # Translators: +# Gary Wei , 2016 # mrshelly , 2016 +# wxb , 2016 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-28 16:42+0530\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-03 03:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-24 13:44+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-03 14:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: wxb \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,7 +26,7 @@ msgstr "网站" #: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:5 msgid "Google Analytics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "谷歌分析" #: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -36,11 +38,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Connect on your google account and go to " "https://console.developers.google.com" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关联您的谷歌帐户请点击 https://console.developers.google.com" #: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:12 msgid "Click on **Create Project** and enter a project name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击 **创建项目** 并输入项目摘要" #: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -74,11 +76,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:53 msgid "Click on **Apply**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击 **应用**" #: ../../website/seo.rst:3 msgid "Search Engine Optimisation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "搜索引擎优化(SEO)" #: ../../website/seo.rst:6 msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?" @@ -108,7 +110,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:23 msgid "Page speed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "页面加速" #: ../../website/seo.rst:26 msgid "Introduction" @@ -145,7 +147,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:49 msgid "Static resources: CSS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "静态资源: CSS" #: ../../website/seo.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -155,7 +157,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:54 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "重新载入页面时， CSS文件仅加载一次" #: ../../website/seo.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -166,7 +168,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:60 msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CSS文件可以被优化压缩" #: ../../website/seo.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -188,7 +190,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:72 msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" #: ../../website/seo.rst:72 ../../website/seo.rst:73 ../../website/seo.rst:79 #: ../../website/seo.rst:121 @@ -349,7 +351,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:168 msgid "Images" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图片" #: ../../website/seo.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -382,7 +384,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:195 msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "当您点击这个链接后， 将会弹出以下窗口：" #: ../../website/seo.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -559,7 +561,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:321 msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**https://** = 协议" #: ../../website/seo.rst:323 msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" @@ -584,8 +586,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " "product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named “Pain carré” will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending on" -" the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " "forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)" msgstr "" @@ -627,7 +629,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:362 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" #: ../../website/seo.rst:364 msgid "In the above example:" @@ -635,7 +637,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:366 msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "公司新闻：博客的标题" #: ../../website/seo.rst:368 msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post" @@ -655,8 +657,8 @@ msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" #: ../../website/seo.rst:377 msgid "" "Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although" -" most search engines treat now “\\_” as a word separator, it has not always " -"been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10." +" most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not " +"always been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10." msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:382 @@ -759,11 +761,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:440 msgid "Multi-language support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多国语言支持" #: ../../website/seo.rst:443 msgid "Multi-language URLs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多国语言 URLs" #: ../../website/seo.rst:445 msgid "" @@ -900,7 +902,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:533 msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "" +msgstr "站点地图" #: ../../website/seo.rst:535 msgid "" @@ -1061,3 +1063,85 @@ msgid "" "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " "WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com `__" msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:3 +msgid "How can I translate my website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " +"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " +"`__ in order to create one. You need to " +"ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/translate_website.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr ""